summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
-rw-r--r--old/sctwn10.txt4046
-rw-r--r--old/sctwn10.zipbin0 -> 71119 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/sctwn11.txt4096
-rw-r--r--old/sctwn11.zipbin0 -> 72264 bytes
4 files changed, 8142 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/sctwn10.txt b/old/sctwn10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..513ba04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/sctwn10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4046 @@
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Scotch Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+#6 in our series by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.
+
+Please do not remove this.
+
+This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book.
+Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words
+are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they
+need about what they can legally do with the texts.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below, including for donations.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541
+
+
+
+Title: The Scotch Twins
+
+Author: Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
+Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4086]
+[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule]
+[The actual date this file first posted = 11/16/01]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Scotch Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+*********This file should be named sctwn10.txt or sctwn10.zip*********
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, sctwn11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, sctwn10a.txt
+
+Produced for Project Gutenberg by Lynn Hill
+
+This PG project is dedicated to Luana Rodriquez, who proofreads
+my projects and loves the "Twins" stories. Multiple file
+problems made this project a real labor of love for both of us!
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after
+the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement
+can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03
+or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext
+files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of 10/17/01 contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Missouri,
+Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York,
+North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,
+South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia,
+Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming
+
+*In Progress
+
+We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising
+will begin in the additional states. Please feel
+free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork
+to legally request donations in all 50 states. If
+your state is not listed and you would like to know
+if we have added it since the list you have, just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in
+states where we are not yet registered, we know
+of no prohibition against accepting donations
+from donors in these states who approach us with
+an offer to donate.
+
+
+International donations are accepted,
+but we don't know ANYTHING about how
+to make them tax-deductible, or
+even if they CAN be made deductible,
+and don't have the staff to handle it
+even if there are ways.
+
+All donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541,
+and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal
+Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum
+extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the
+additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+***
+
+
+Example command-line FTP session:
+
+ftp ftp.ibiblio.org
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+including any form resulting from conversion by word
+processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+*EITHER*:
+
+[*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+does *not* contain characters other than those
+intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+(~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+author, and additional characters may be used to
+indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+[*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+OR
+
+[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+"Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart
+and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.]
+[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales
+of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or
+software or any other related product without express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+Produced for Project Gutenberg by Lynn Hill
+
+
+
+
+
+THE SCOTCH TWINS
+
+By Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR
+
+BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
+
+HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY
+
+The Riverside Press Cambridge
+
+
+Geographical Series
+
+THE DUTCH TWINS PRIMER. Grade I.
+THE DUTCH TWINS Grade III.
+THE ESKIMO TWINS. Grade II.
+THE JAPANESE TWINS. Grade IV.
+THE IRISH TWINS. Grade V.
+THE SCOTCH TWINS. Grades V and VI.
+THE MEXICAN TWINS. Grade VI.
+THE BELGIAN TWINS. Grade VI.
+THE FRENCH TWINS. Grade VII.
+
+Historical Series
+
+THE CAVE TWINS. Grade IV.
+THE SPARTAN TWINS. Grades V-VI.
+
+Each volume is illustrated by the author
+
+HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY
+BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1919, BY LUCY PITCH PERKINS
+
+ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+I. THE LITTLE GRAY HOUSE ON THE BRAE
+II. THE RABBIT AND THE GAMEKEEPER
+III. THE SABBATH
+IV. THE NEW BOY
+V. EVENING IN THE WEE BIT HOOSIE
+VI. TWO DISCOVERIES
+VII. THE CLAN
+VIII. THE POACHERS
+IX. A RAINY DAY
+X. ON THE TRAIL
+XI. ANGUS NIEL AND THE CANNY CLAN
+XII. NEWS
+XIII. THE NEW LAIRD
+GLOSSARY
+SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+
+THE SCOTCH TWINS
+
+I.
+
+THE LITTLE GRAY HOUSE ON THE BRAE
+
+If you had peeped in at the window of a little gray house on a
+heathery hillside in the Highlands of Scotland one Saturday
+morning in May some years ago, you might have seen Jean Campbell
+"redding up" her kitchen. It was a sight best seen from a safe
+distance, for, though Jean was only twelve years old, she was a
+fierce little housekeeper every day in the week, and on Saturday,
+when she was getting ready for the Sabbath, it was a bold person
+indeed who would venture to put himself in the path of her broom.
+To be sure, there was no one in the family to take such a risk
+except her twin brother Jock, her father, Robin Campbell, the
+Shepherd of Glen Easig, and True Tammas, the dog, for the Twins'
+mother had "slippit awa'" when they were only ten years old,
+leaving Jean to take a woman's care of her father and brother and
+the little gray house on the brae.
+
+On this May morning Jean woke up at five o'clock and peeped out
+of the closet bed in which she slept to take a look at the day.
+The sun had already risen over the rocky crest of gray old Ben
+Vane, the mountain back of the house, and was pouring a stream of
+golden sunlight through the eastern windows of the kitchen. The
+kettle was singing over the fire in the open fireplace, a pan of
+skimmed milk for the calf was warming by the hearth, and her
+father was just going out, with the pail on his arm, to milk the
+cow. She looked across the room at the bed in the corner by the
+fireplace to see if Jock were still asleep. All she could see of
+him was a shock of sandy hair, two eyes tight shut, and a
+freckled nose half buried in the bed-clothes.
+
+"Wake up, you lazy laddie," she called out to him, "or when I get
+my clothes on I'll waken you with a wet cloth! Here's the sun
+looking in at the windows to shame you, and Father already gone
+to the milking."
+
+Jock opened one sleepy blue eye.
+
+"Leave us alone, now, Jeanie," he wheedled. "I was just having a
+sonsie wee bit of a dream. Let me finish, and syne I'll tell you
+all about it."
+
+"Indeed, and you'll do nothing of the kind" retorted Jean, with
+spirit. "Up with you, mannie, or I'll be dressed before you, and
+I ken very well you'd not like to be beaten by a lassie, and her
+your own sister, too."
+
+Jock cuddled down farther into the blankets without answering,
+and Jean began putting on her clothes. It seemed but a moment
+before she slid to the floor, rolled her sleeves high above a
+pair of sturdy elbows, and went to finish her toilet at the
+basin. There she washed her face and combed her hair, while Jock,
+cautiously opening one eye again, observed her from his safe
+retreat. He watched her part her hair, wet it, plaster it
+severely back from her brow, and tie it firmly in place with a
+piece of black ribbon. Jock could read Jean's face like print,
+and in this stern toilet he foresaw a day of unrelenting house-
+cleaning.
+
+"Aye," he said to himself bitterly, "she's putting on her
+Saturday face. There's trouble brewing, I doubt! It'll be Jock
+this and Jock that both but and ben all day long, and whatever is
+the use of all this tirley-wirly I can't see, when on Monday the
+house will look as if it had never seen the sight of a besom!
+I'll just bide where I am." He closed his eyes and pretended to
+be asleep.
+
+It is true that Jean's Saturday face had such a housekeepery
+pucker between the eyes and such a severe arrangement of the
+front hair that any one who did not peep behind the black ribbon
+might have thought her a very stern young person indeed, but
+behind the black ribbon Jean's true character stood revealed!
+However prim and smooth she might make it look in front, where
+the cracked glass enabled her to keep an eye on it, behind her
+back, where she couldn't possibly see it, her hair broke into the
+jolliest little waves and curls, which bobbed merrily about even
+on the worst Saturday that ever was; and spoiled the effect
+whenever she tried to be severe.
+
+When she had given a final wipe with the brush, she took another
+look at Jock. There was still nothing to be seen of him but the
+shock of sandy hair and a series of bumps under the blanket. Jock
+could feel Jean looking at him right through the bed-clothes.
+
+"Jock," said Jean,--and her voice had a Saturday sound to it,--
+"You can't sleep in this day! Get up!"
+
+There was no answer. Jock might well have known that Jean was in
+no mood for trifling, but, having decided on his course of
+action, he stuck to it like a true Scotchman and neither moved
+nor opened his eyes. Jean was driven to desperate measures. She
+took a few drops of water in the dipper, marched firmly to the
+bedside, and stood with it poised directly above Jock's nose.
+
+"Jock," she said solemnly, "I'm telling you! Don't ever say I
+didn't. If you don't stir yourself before I count five, you'll be
+sorry. One, two, three!" Still no move from Jock. "Four, five,"
+and, without further parley, she emptied the dipper on his
+freckled nose.
+
+There was a wrathful snort and a violent convulsion of the
+blankets, and an instant later Jock was tearing about the kitchen
+like a cat in a fit, but by this time Jean was out of doors and
+well beyond reach.
+
+"Come here, you limmer!" he howled. But Jean knew better than to
+accept his invitation. Instead she skipped laughing down the path
+from the door to the brook which ran bubbling and gurgling by the
+house. Even in her hasty exit from the cottage, Jean had had the
+presence of mind to take the pail with her, and now she stopped
+to fill it from the clear, sparkling water of the burn. It was
+such a wonderful bright spring morning that, having filled it,
+she stopped for a moment to look about her at the dear familiar
+surroundings of her home.
+
+There was the little gray house itself, with the peat smoke
+curling from the chimney straight up into the blue sky. Back of
+it was the garden-patch with its low stone wall, and back of that
+were the fowl-yard and the straw-covered byre for the cow.
+Beyond, and to the north lay the moors, covered with heather and
+dotted with grazing sheep. Jean could hear the tinkle of their
+bells, the bleating of the lambs, and the comforting maternal
+answers of the ewes. Above the dark forest which spread itself
+over the slopes of the foot-hills toward the south and east a
+lave rock was singing, and she could hear the cry of whaups
+wheeling and circling over the moors. They were pleasant morning
+sounds, dear and familiar to Jean's ear, and oh, the sparkle of
+the dew on the bracken, and the smell of the hawthorn by the
+garden wall! Jean lifted her pail of water and went singing with
+it up the hill-slope to the house for sheer joy that she was
+alive.
+
+"The Campbells are coming, O ho, O ho!" she sang, and the hills,
+taking up the refrain, echoed "O ho, O ho!"
+
+True Tammas, who had slept all night under the straw-stack by the
+byre, came bounding down the little path to meet her, wagging his
+tail and barking his morning greeting. They reached the door
+together, but Jock, mindful of his injuries, had shut and barred
+it, and was grinning at them through the window. Jean sat placidly
+down upon the step with True Tammas beside her and continued her
+song. Her calmness irritated Jock.
+
+"Aye," he shouted through the crack, "the Campbells may be
+coming, but they'll not get in this house! You can just sit there
+blethering all day, and I'll never unbar the door."
+
+Jean stopped singing long enough to answer: "You'll get no
+breakfast, then, you mind, unless you'll be getting it yourself,
+for the porridge is not cooked and the kettle's nearly boiled
+away. I've the water-pail with me, and there's not a drop else in
+the house."
+
+She left him to consider this and resumed her song. For several
+minutes she and True Tammas sat there gazing westward across the
+valley with the little river flowing through it, to the hills
+swimming in the blue distance beyond.
+
+At last she called over her shoulder, "Jock, Father's coming,"
+and Jock, seeing that his cause was hopelessly lost, unfastened
+the door. Jean, her father, and True Tammas all came into the
+kitchen together, and the moment she was in the room again you
+should have seen how she ordered things about!
+
+"Set the milk right down here, Father," she said, tapping the
+table with her finger as she flew past to get the strainer and a
+pan, "and you, Jock, fill the kettle. It's almost dry this
+minute. And stir up the fire under it. Tam,"--that was what they
+called the dog for short,--"go under the table or you'll get
+stepped on!"
+
+You should have seen how they all minded!--even the father, who
+was six feet tall, with a jaw like a nut-cracker and a face that
+would have looked very stern indeed if it hadn't been for his
+twinkling blue eyes. When the milk was strained and put away in
+the little shed room back of the kitchen chimney, Jean got out
+the oatmeal-kettle and hung the porridge over the fire, and while
+that was cooking she set three places at the tiny table and
+scalded the churn. Meanwhile Jock went out to feed the fowls. By
+half past six the oatmeal was on the table and the little family
+gathered about it, reverently bowing their heads while the
+Shepherd of Glen Easig asked a blessing upon the food.
+
+There was only porridge and milk for breakfast, so it took but a
+short time to eat it, and then the real work of the day began.
+The Shepherd put on his Kilmarnock bonnet and called Tam, who had
+had his breakfast on the hearth, and the two went away to the
+hills after the sheep. Jock led the cow to a patch of green turf
+near the bottom of the hill, where she could find fresh pasture,
+and Jean was left alone in the kitchen of the little gray house.
+Ah, you should have seen her then! She washed the dishes and put
+them away in the cupboard, she skimmed the milk and put the cream
+into the churn, she swept the hearth and shook the blankets out
+of doors in the fresh morning air. Then she made the beds, and
+when the kitchen was all in order, she "went ben"--that was the
+way they spoke of the best room--and dusted that too. There
+wasn't really a bit of need of dusting the room, for it was
+never, never used except on very important occasions, such as
+when the minister called. The little house was five miles from
+the village, so the minister did not come often, but Jean kept it
+clean all the time just to be on the safe side.
+
+There wasn't so very much work to do in the room after all, for
+there was nothing in it but the fireplace, a little table with
+the Bible, the Catechism, and a copy of Burns's poems on it, and
+three chairs. The kitchen was a different matter: There were the
+beds, and they were hard for a small girl to manage, and the
+cupboard with its shelves of dishes. There were three stools, and
+a big chair for the Shepherd, and the great chest where the
+clothes were kept, and besides all these things there was the wag-
+at-the-wall clock on the mantel-shelf which had to be wound every
+Saturday night. If you want to know just where these things
+stood, you have only to look at the plan, where their places are
+so plainly marked that, if you were suddenly to wake up in the
+middle of the night and find yourself in the little gray house,
+you could go about and put your hand on everything in it in the
+dark.
+
+Jock stayed with the cow as long as he dared, and went back to
+the house only when he knew he couldn't postpone his tasks any
+longer. Jean was sweeping the doorstep as he came slowly up the
+hill.
+
+"Come along, Grandfather," she called out, her brow sternly
+puckered in front and her curls bobbing gaily up and down behind.
+"A body'd think you were seventy-five years old and had the
+rheumatism to see you move! Come and work the churn a bit. 'Twill
+limber you up."
+
+Jock knew that arguments were useless. His father had told him,
+girl's work or not, he was to help Jean, so he slowly dragged
+into the house and slowly began to move the dasher up and down.
+
+"Havers!" said Jean, when she could stand it no longer. "It's
+lucky there's a cover to the churn else you'd drop to sleep and
+fall in and drown yourself in the buttermilk! The butter won't be
+here at this rate till to-morrow, when it would break the Sabbath
+by coming!"
+
+She seized the dasher, as she spoke, and began to churn so
+vigorously that the milk splashed up all around the handle. Soon
+little yellow specks began to appear; and when they had formed
+themselves into a ball in the churn, she lifted it out with a
+paddle and put it in a pan of clear cold water. Then she gave
+Jock a drink of buttermilk.
+
+"Poor laddie!" she said. "You are all tired out! Take a sup of
+this to put new strength in you, for you've got to go out and
+weed the garden. I looked at the potatoes yesterday, and the
+weeds have got the start of them already."
+
+"If I must weed the garden, give me something to eat too," begged
+Jock. "This milk'll do no more than slop around in my insides to
+make me feel my emptiness."
+
+Jean opened the cupboard door and peeped within.
+
+"There's nothing for you, laddie," she said, "but this piece of a
+scone. I'll have to bake more for the Sabbath, and you can have
+this to give yourself a more filled-up feeling. And now off with
+you!"
+
+She took him by the collar and led him to the door; and there on
+the step was Tam.
+
+"What are you doing here?" cried Jean, astonished to see him.
+"You should be with Father, watching the sheep! It's shame to a
+dog to be lolling around the house instead of away on the hills
+where he belongs."
+
+Tam flattened himself out on his stomach and dragged himself to
+her feet, rolling his eyes beseechingly upward, and if ever a dog
+looked ashamed of himself, that dog was Tam. Jean shook her head
+at him very sternly, and oh, how the jolly little curls bobbed
+about
+
+"Tam," she said, "you're as lazy as Jock himself. Whatever shall
+I do with the two of you?"
+
+Jock had already finished his scone and he thought this a good
+time to disappear. He slipped round the corner of the house and
+whistled. All Tam's shame was gone in an instant. He gave a
+joyous bark and bounded away after Jock, his tail waving gayly in
+the breeze.
+
+
+II. THE RABBIT AND THE GAMEKEEPER
+
+Out in the garden a rabbit had for some time been enjoying
+himself nightly in the potato-patch, biting off the young sprouts
+which were just sticking their heads through the ground. When the
+rabbit heard Tam bark she dashed out of sight behind a burdock
+leaf and sat perfectly still. Now if Tam and Jock had come into
+the garden by the wicket gate, as they should have done, this
+story might never have been written at all, because in that case
+the rabbit would perhaps have got safely back to her burrow in
+the woods without being seen, and there wouldn't have been any
+story to tell.
+
+But Tam and Jock didn't come in by the gate. They jumped over the
+wall. Jock jumped first and landed almost on top of the rabbit,
+but when Tam, a second later, landed in the same place, she was
+running for dear life toward the hole in the stone wall where she
+had got in. Shouting and barking, Jock and Tam tore after her.
+Round and round the garden they flew, but just as they thought
+they had her cornered, the rabbit slipped through the hole in the
+wall and ran like the wind for the woods. Jock and Tam both
+cleared the wall at a bound and chased after her, making enough
+noise to be heard a mile away.
+
+It happened that there was some one much less than a mile away to
+hear it. And it happened, too, that he was the one person in all
+the world that Jock would most wish not to hear it, for he was
+gamekeeper to the Laird of Glen Cairn, and the Laird of Glen
+Cairn owned all the land for miles and miles about in every
+direction. He owned the little gray house and the moor, the
+mountain, and the forest, and even the little brook that sang by
+the door. To be sure, the Laird seemed to care very little for
+his Highland home. He visited it but once in a great while, and
+then only for a few days' hunting. The rest of the year his great
+stone castle was occupied only by Eppie McLean, the housekeeper,
+and two or three other servants. The Laird did not know his
+tenants, and they did not know him. The rents were collected for
+him by Mr. Craigie, his factor, who lived in the village, and
+Angus Niel was appointed to see that no one hunted game on the
+estate.
+
+Angus was a man of great zeal in the performance of his duty, to
+judge by his own account of it. He was always telling of heroic
+encounters with poachers in the forests, and though he never
+seemed to succeed in catching them and bringing them before the
+magistrate, his tales were a warning to evil-doers and few people
+dared venture into the region which he guarded. He was often seen
+creeping along the outskirts of the woods, his gun on his
+shoulder, his round eyes rolling suspiciously in every direction,
+or even loitering around the cow byres as if he thought game
+might be secreted there.
+
+At the very moment when Jock and Tam came flying over the fence
+and down the hill like a cyclone after the rabbit, Angus was
+kneeling beside the brook to get a drink. His lips were pursed up
+and he was bending over almost to the surface of the water, when
+something dashed past him, and an instant later something else
+struck him like a thunderbolt from behind, and drove him
+headforemost into the brook! It wasn't Tam that did it. It was
+Jock! Of course, it was an accident, but Angus thought he had
+done it on purpose, and he was probably the most surprised as
+well as the angriest man in Scotland at that moment. He lifted
+his head out of the brook and glared at Jock as fiercely as he
+could with little rills of water pouring from his hair and nose,
+and trickling in streams down his neck.
+
+"I'll make you smart for this, you young blatherskite," he roared
+at Jock, who stood before him frozen with horror. "I'll teach you
+where you belong! You were running after that rabbit, and your
+dog is yelping down a hole after her this minute!" He was such a
+funny sight as he knelt there, dripping and scolding, that,
+scared as he was, Jock could not help laughing. More than ever
+enraged, Angus made a sudden lunge forward and seized Jock by the
+ear.
+
+"You come along o' me," he said. His invitation was so urgent
+that Jock felt obliged to accept it, and together the two started
+up the slope to the little gray house. Tam, meanwhile, had given
+up the chase and joined them, his tail at half-mast.
+
+When they reached the house Angus bumped the door open without
+knocking, and stamped into the kitchen. Jean was bending over the
+fire turning a scone on the girdle, when the noise at the door
+made her jump and look around. She was so amazed at the sight
+which met her eye that for an instant she stood stock-still, and
+Angus, seeing that he had only two children to deal with, gave
+Jock's ear a vicious tweak and began to bluster at Jean.
+
+But, you see, he didn't know Jean. When she saw that great fat
+man abusing her brother and tracking mud all over her kitchen
+floor at the same time, instead of being frightened, as she
+should have been, Jean shook her cooking-fork at Angus Niel and
+stamped her foot smartly on the floor.
+
+"You let go of my brother's ear this instant," she shouted, "and
+take your muddy boots out of my kitchen!"
+
+Angus let go of Jock's ear for sheer surprise, and Jock at once
+sprang to his sister's side, while Tam, seeing that trouble was
+brewing, gave a low growl and bared his teeth. Angus gave a look
+at Tam and decided to explain.
+
+"This young blatherskite here," he began, in a voice that caused
+the rafters to shake, "has been trespassing. He was after a
+rabbit. I caught him in the very act. I'll have the law on him!
+He rammed me into the burn!"
+
+"I didn't mean to," shouted Jock, "I thought you were a stone,
+and I just meant to step on you and jump across the burn."
+
+"You meant to step on me, did you?" roared Angus. "Me! Do you
+know who I am?" Jock knew very well, but he didn't have time to
+say so before Angus, choking with rage, made a furious lunge for
+his ear and left two more great spots of mud on the kitchen
+floor. It was not to be borne. Jean pointed to his feet.
+
+"You're trespassing yourself," she screamed. "You've no right in
+this house, And you take yourself out of it this minute! Just
+look at the mud you've tracked on my floor!"
+
+Angus did look. He looked not only at the floor but at Tam, for
+Tam was now slowly approaching him, growling as he came.
+
+Angus thought best to do exactly as Jean said and as quickly as
+possible. He reached the door in two jumps with Tam leaping after
+him and nipping his heels at each jump, and in another instant
+found himself on the doorstep with the door shut behind him.
+
+Angus considered himself a very important man. He wasn't used to
+being treated in this way, and it's no wonder he was angry. He
+swelled up like a pouter pigeon; and shook his fist at the door.
+
+"You just mind who I am," he shouted. "If ever I catch you
+poaching again, I'll have you up before the bailie as sure as
+eggs is eggs!"
+
+But the door didn't say a word, and it seemed beneath his dignity
+to scold a door that wouldn't even answer back, so he stamped
+away growling. The children watched him until he disappeared in
+the woods, and when at last they turned from the window, the
+scone on the girdle was burned to a cinder and had to be given to
+the chickens!
+
+You might have thought that by this time Jean had done enough
+work even for Saturday, but there was still the broth to make for
+supper and for the Sabbath, and the kitchen floor to be scrubbed,
+and, last of all, the family baths! When the little kitchen was
+as clean as clean could be, Jean got the wash-tub and set it on
+the hearth. Jock knew the signs and decided he'd go out behind
+the byre and look for eggs, but Jean had her eye on him.
+
+"Jock Campbell," said she, "you go at once and get the water."
+
+In vain Jock assured her he was cleaner than anything and didn't
+need a bath. Jean was firm. She made him fill the kettles, and
+when the water was hot, she shut him up in the kitchen with soap
+and a towel while she took all the shoes to the front steps to
+polish for Kirk on the morrow. When at last Jock appeared before
+her he was so shiny clean that Jean said it dazzled her eyes to
+look at him, so she sent him for the cow while she took her turn
+at the tub.
+
+By four o'clock, Tam, who had spent an anxious afternoon by the
+hole in the garden wall watching for the rabbit, suddenly
+remembered his duties and started away over the moors to meet the
+Shepherd and round up any sheep that might have strayed from the
+flock, and at five Jock, returning from the byre, met his father
+coming home with Tam at his heels.
+
+The regular evening tasks were finished just as the sun sank out
+of sight behind the western hills, and the birds were singing
+their evening songs, and when they went into the kitchen a bright
+fire was blazing on the hearth, the broth was simmering in the
+kettle, and Jean had three bowls of it ready for them on the
+table.
+
+While they ate their supper Jock told their father all about the
+rabbit and Angus Niel and his ducking in the burn, and when Jock
+told about Jean's ordering him out of the kitchen, and of his
+jumping to the door with Tam nipping at his heels, the Shepherd
+slapped his knee and laughed till he cried. Tam, sitting on the
+hearth with his tongue lolling out, looked as if he were
+laughing, too.
+
+"Havers!" cried the Shepherd, "I wish I'd been here to see that
+sight! Angus is that swollen up with pride of position, he's like
+to burst himself. He needed a bit of a fall to ease him of it,
+but I'd never have picked out Jean Campbell to trip him up!
+You're a spirited tid, my dawtie, and I'm proud of you."
+
+"But, Father," said Jock, "whatever shall we do about the
+rabbits? The woods are full of them, and there'll not be a sprig
+of green left in the garden. They can hop right over the wall,
+even if we do stop up the hole."
+
+"Aye," answered his father solemnly, "and that's a serious
+question, my lad. They get worse every year, and syne we'll have
+no tatties for the winter, let alone other vegetables. A deer
+came into Andrew Crumpet's garden one night last week and left
+not a green sprout in it by the morning. The creatures must live
+that idle gentlemen may shoot them for pleasure, even though they
+eat our food and leave us to go hungry." His brow darkened and a
+long-smouldering wrath burst forth into words. "There's no
+justice in it," he declared, thumping the table with his fist
+till the spoons danced, "Lairds or no Lairds, Anguses or no
+Anguses."
+
+The Twins had never before heard their father speak like that,
+and they were a little frightened. They were too young to know
+the long years of injustice in such matters that stretched far
+back into the history of Scotland.
+
+For a few minutes after this outburst the Shepherd remained
+silent, gazing into the fire; then he roused himself from his
+brown study and said: "I've been keeping something from you, my
+bairns. Mr. Craigie told me last week that the Auld Laird has
+taken a whim to turn all this region into a game preserve, and
+that he will not renew our lease when the time is up. It has till
+autumn to run, and then, God help us, we'll have to be turned out
+of this house where I've lived all my life and my forebears
+before me, and seek some other place to live and some other work
+to do."
+
+"But what can you do else?" gasped Jock. He felt that his world
+was tumbling about his ears.
+
+"The Lord knows," answered the Shepherd. "Emigrate to America
+likely. I've always been with the sheep and nothing else. It may
+be I can hire out to some other body, but chances are few
+hereabouts, and if the Auld Laird carries out this notion,
+there'll be many another beside ourselves who'll need to be
+walking the world. It seems unlikely he would be for taking away
+the town too, even if it is but a wee bit of a village, and the
+law gives him the right, for times have changed since that lease
+was made, long years ago, and there are few in this day who would
+venture to enforce it. But the Auld Laird's a hard man, I'm told,
+and he chooses hard men to carry out his will. Mr. Craigie has
+little heart, and as for Angus Niel, he'd make things worse
+rather than better if he had his way." Then, seeing tears
+gathering in Jean's eyes, he said to comfort her, "There now,
+dinna greet, my lassie! There's no sense in crossing a bridge
+till you come to it, and this bridge is still four months and a
+bittock away. We've the summer before us, and the Lord's arm is
+not shortened that it cannot save. We'll make the best of it and
+have one more happy summer, let the worst come at the end of it."
+
+"But, Father," urged Jock, "will he turn every one out, do you
+think?"
+
+"Who can foretell the whimsies of a selfish man?" answered the
+Shepherd. "He has only his own will to consider, but my opinion
+is he'll turn out those whose holdings lie nearest the forests
+and would be best for game, whatever he may do with the rest."
+
+This was overwhelming news, and the children sat silent beside
+their silent father, trying to think of something to comfort
+their sad hearts. At last Jean lifted her head with a spirited
+toss and said, "Gin we were to go to-morrow, the dishes would
+still have to be washed," and she began to clear the table.
+
+Her father laughed, and oh, how his laugh brightened the little
+kitchen and seemed to bid defiance to the fates!
+
+"That's right, little woman," he said. "You've the true spirit of
+a Campbell in you. We must aye do the duty at hand and trust the
+Lord for the rest."
+
+Jock was so impressed with the solemn talk of the evening that he
+wiped the dishes without being asked and went to bed of his own
+accord when the wag-at-the-wall clock struck eight. The Shepherd
+sat alone beside the fire until the children were in bed and
+asleep; then he sent Tam to the straw stack, wound the clock, and
+took his own turn at the tub. Last of all he covered the coals
+with ashes for the night and crept into bed beside Jock.
+
+
+
+III. THE SABBATH
+
+The Sabbath morning dawned bright and clear, and the Campbells
+were all up early and had the chores done before seven o'clock.
+Then came breakfast, and after breakfast Jean ran "ben the room,"
+and brought the Bible to her father. Then she and Jock sat with
+folded hands while he read a long chapter about the "begats."
+Jock thought there seemed to be a very large family of them. This
+was followed by a prayer as long as the chapter. The prayer was
+so long that True Tammas went sound asleep on the hearth and had
+a dream that must have been about the rabbit, for his ears
+twitched and he made little whiny noises and jerked his legs. It
+was so long that the kettle boiled clear away and made such
+alarming, crackling sounds that Jean couldn't help peeking
+through her fingers just once, because it was their only kettle,
+and if it should go and burst itself during family prayers,
+whatever should they do! The moment the Shepherd said "Amen,"
+Jean sprang so quickly to lift it from the fire that she stumbled
+over Tam and woke him up and almost burned her fingers besides.
+The kettle wasn't really spoiled, and while the water was heating
+in it for the dishes, Jean took up the little yellow book and
+said to Jock,
+
+"Come here now, laddie, and see if you can say your catechism. Do
+you ken what is the chief end of man?"
+
+"Dod, and I do," answered Jock. "You let me spier the questions."
+
+"No," answered Jean firmly. "I'll spier them first myself."
+
+"You're thinking I can't answer," said Jock. "I'll fool you."
+
+He stood up as straight as a whole row of soldiers and fired off
+the answer all in one breath.
+
+"The-chief-end-of-man-is-to-glorify-God-and-enjoy-Him-forever,"
+he shouted.
+
+Jean nodded approvingly. "You ken that one all right, but that is
+the first one in the book and everybody knows that one. Now I'm
+going to skip around."
+
+"Don't skip," urged Jock. "Take them just the way they come. I
+can remember 'em better."
+
+But Jean gave no quarter. "What is predestination?" she demanded.
+
+This was a poser, but Jock tackled it bravely.
+
+"Whom he did foreknow he also did predestinate to-to-" he got so
+far and stuck.
+
+"To what?" asked Jean.
+
+"To be reformed," Jock hazarded, wallowing in difficulties.
+
+"Conformed," corrected Jean. "You don't know that one at all!
+What is Saving Grace?"
+
+Jock fell down entirely on saving grace. "It's a--It's a--" he
+began. Then he bit his lip and scowled, and looked up at the ham
+hanging from the rafters, and out of the windows, but as nothing
+more about saving grace occurred to him he said, "Aw, Jean, I
+know, but I can't think."
+
+"If you knew, you wouldn't have to think," Jean retorted, and
+then she made him take the book and sit down on the stool by the
+window and learn both answers while she finished the dishes.
+
+It was ten miles to the village and back, and there was no way to
+get there except by walking, but the Campbells would sooner have
+thought of going without their food than of staying away from the
+Kirk, and so by eight o'clock they were all dressed in their best
+clothes and ready to start. They left True Tammas sitting on the
+doorstep with his ears drooped and his eyes looking very
+sorrowful. He wanted to go with them, but he knew well that he
+must stay at home to guard the sheep from stray dogs.
+
+It was springtime, and the world was so lovely that the troubles
+the little family had faced the evening before seemed far away
+and impossible in the morning light. It was as if they had
+awakened from a bad dream. Who could help being happy on such a
+morning? The birds were flying about with straw and bits of wool
+in their bills to weave into their nests, and singing as if they
+would split their little throats. The river splashed and gurgled
+and sang as it dashed over its rocky bed on its way to the sea.
+From the village came the distant music of the church bells. The
+hawthorn was in bloom, and the river-banks and roadsides were gay
+with dandelions and violets, daisies and buttercups. Far away the
+mountains lifted their blue summits to the sky, and on a nearer
+hill they could see the gray towers of the castle of the Laird of
+Glen Cairn.
+
+The bell was ringing its final summons and all the people were
+pouring into the little vestibule as the Campbells reached the
+steps of the Kirk. Angus Niel pushed past them, looking as puffy
+as a turkey-cock with its feathers spread, and glaring at the
+Twins so fiercely that Jock whispered to Jean, "If I poked my
+finger at him I believe he'd gobble," and made her almost laugh
+aloud. When they passed Mr. Craigie, who held the plate for
+people to drop their money in, Jean whispered to Jock, "He looks
+for all the world like a pair of tongs in his blacks, he's that
+tall and thin," and then Jock certainly would have laughed
+outright if he hadn't seen Mrs. Crumpet's eye on him.
+
+The sermon was very long and the seats were hard and high, but
+the service did come to an end at last, although Jock was sure it
+was never going to, and afterward the children with their father
+stood about in the churchyard for a little while talking to their
+neighbors and friends.
+
+The farm of Andrew Crumpet lay in the same direction as the home
+of the Campbells, so it was natural that they should walk along
+together and that the two men should talk about the thing that
+was uppermost in their minds. Mrs. Crumpet had gone on ahead with
+another neighbor, and Sandy Crumpet, who was twelve too, and had
+yellow hair, a snub nose, and freckles like Jock's own, walked
+with the Twins behind the two fathers. As they turned into the
+road, the children heard Andrew say, with a heavy sigh: "Aye,
+Robin, we must just make up our minds to it. The Auld Laird's
+bent on getting us out."
+
+"Has Mr. Craigie given you notice, too?" asked the Shepherd.
+
+"Aye, has he," Andrew answered with bitterness, "and short work
+he made of it. It means little to him telling a man to leave his
+home and go out in the world to seek new work at our time of
+life."
+
+"He passes for a religious man," said the Shepherd.
+
+"So did the Pharisee in the temple," said Andrew, "but 'by their
+fruits ye shall know them,' and we're not gathering any figs off
+of Mr. Craigie, nor grapes from that thorn of an Auld Laird that
+I can see!"
+
+"Nor from Angus Niel, either," agreed Robin Campbell. "The Auld
+Laird's servants are of a piece with himself."
+
+"Fine I ken that," answered Andrew.
+
+"Well," sighed the Shepherd, "the toad under the harrow cannot be
+expected to praise the plowman, and we're just like the toad."
+
+"Very true," said Andrew, "but the toad has the best of it. We
+are being destroyed; not that some one may till the land, but
+that it may go to waste, and be kept out of use. We suffer that
+the rich may be richer and the poor poorer, that less food may be
+produced instead of more. I tell you, Robin, it is not justice."
+
+"It may be so. It may be so," sighed the Shepherd, "but it is the
+law, and we must just submit."
+
+The two men walked on in silence to the bridge, where the
+Crumpets turned, while the Campbells kept on beside the river.
+The children were silent, too, only calling out "Good-bye" to
+Sandy as they parted, Jock adding, "Come on by to-morrow if you
+can," and Sandy, waving his hand, calling back, "Aye, will I."
+
+As the Twins and their father neared the "wee bit hoosie," Tam
+came bounding down the brae to meet them, and in less time than
+it takes to tell it Jean had run into the house, taken off her
+Sabbath dress, and put on her old one, with her kitchen apron
+over it, had mended the fire and heated the broth, and the little
+family was seated about the table eating their frugal meal with
+appetites sharpened by their long walk.
+
+The afternoon seemed endless to the children, for they spent it
+trying hard not to do any of the things they wanted to do. They
+studied the catechism while their father sat with his bonnet on
+his head nodding over the Bible, and the wag-at-the-wall clock
+ticked the hours solemnly away. Jock whispered to Jean that he
+didn't see why Sunday was so much longer than any other day, and
+didn't believe her when she said it wasn't really that it only
+seemed so.
+
+
+
+IV. THE NEW BOY
+
+Usually Jean and Jock went to school in summer, for in winter the
+snow made the roads impassable, but at this time the Dominie was
+ill and until he should get well they had the long days to
+themselves. When breakfast was over the next morning and the
+Shepherd had gone with Tam to the hills, Jean decided to wash the
+clothes. Sandy Crumpet came early, and the two boys went off to
+play, leaving Jean standing on a stone in the middle of the burn,
+soaping the clothes and scrubbing them on the flat surface of a
+rock. The water was so cold it made her arms ache, and she soon
+decided to let the fast-running stream do the washing for her.
+She soaped the garments well, weighted them down with stones, and
+then went to join the boys. She found them flat on their stomachs
+by the stream, gazing down into a pool of clear water.
+
+"What do you see?" she called out to them.
+
+"Trout," answered Jock, his eyes shining with excitement.
+
+"Let me take a keek," said Jean, flopping down beside them and
+craning her neck over the edge.
+
+They were all three peering with breathless interest into the
+water when a strange voice behind them made them jump. For an
+instant they thought it might be Angus Niel.
+
+"Hello!" said the voice.
+
+The children whirled around, and there before them stood a boy
+not much older than themselves, but taller and thinner. He had a
+pale face with large black eyes and dark hair partly covered with
+a Glengarry bonnet set rakishly over one ear. He wore a suit of
+gray tweed with plaid-topped stockings, and carried a fishing-rod
+over his shoulder.
+
+"Hello!" said the stranger again.
+
+"Hello, yourself!" responded Jock.
+
+Jean and Sandy were so relieved to find it wasn't Anus Niel that
+for an instant they merely gazed at him without speaking.
+
+"What's there?" asked the new boy.
+
+"Fish," said Jock.
+
+"Fish!" cried the new boy, shifting his rod into position.
+"Where? Let me have a crack at 'em!"
+
+"Na, na, don't be so hasty," cried Jock, heading him off. "You'll
+get yourself into trouble! Angus Niel would be after you in no
+time, and if he caught you, he'd cuff your lug for you, and drag
+you before the bailie for poaching!"
+
+"Who's Angus Niel?" demanded the boy. "I'm not afraid of him."
+
+"Not yet," answered Jock, "but just go on and you will be! He's
+gamekeeper to the Laird, and he'd rather do for you than not.
+Aye, he'd just like the feel of you in his fingers, he would."
+Jock rubbed his ear. "It's but two days gone since he nearly
+pulled the lug off me because I was running after a rabbit that
+was eating up our garden. He's terrible suspicious, is Angus, and
+he's mad at us besides."
+
+"What for?" asked the boy.
+
+"I stepped on him by accident," explained Jock, "and butted him
+into the burn."
+
+"No wonder he was mad," laughed the boy. "Come on, now. Surely a
+body can fish. There's no law against that!"
+
+"Well," said Sandy, "law or no law, Angus is against it, and the
+Auld Laird is terrible particular. He's going to turn out all the
+farmers in this region and make it into a great game preserve.
+Nothing else. You're strange hereabouts, I doubt, or you'd ken
+all this yourself. Where are you from?"
+
+"I'm from London," replied the boy. "I'm staying with Eppie
+McLean at the castle."
+
+"Are you, now?" gasped Sandy. "Is Eppie your aunt, maybe? She'll
+be telling you about Angus herself."
+
+"Eppie's not my aunt," said the boy. "She's a friend of my
+mother, and my mother got her to take me in because I've been
+sick, and she thought I'd get strong up here, and I 'm not going
+to have my summer spoiled by Angus Niel or any other old bogie
+man. Stand back now while I cast."
+
+He swung his rod over his head, and the fly fell with a flop in
+the middle of the pool. He waited a breathless instant while
+Jock, Sandy, and Jean watched the fly with him, and then, as
+nothing happened, he cast again. When several such attempts
+brought no result, he said, "You're sure they 're there?"
+
+"They're lying at the bottom as soft as a baby in a cradle," said
+Jean. "I could catch them with a skimmer! Gin they don't bite,
+maybe I'll try it!"
+
+Jock looked at Jean in amazement.
+
+"You're a braw lassie, Jean Campbell," he said severely, "and you
+just telling about Angus Niel!"
+
+"T'was yourself and Sandy here telling about Angus Niel," Jean
+answered. "I said nothing at all about him. I'm not afraid of
+him, either."
+
+"Good for you!" said the new boy with admiration. "You can have a
+turn with my rod. Try it once before you get the skimmer!"
+
+Jean sprang to her feet and took the rod, though she had never
+had one like it in her hand before. She made a mighty sweep with
+it as she had seen the new boy do, but somehow the fly flew off
+in an unexpected direction and caught in a tree, while the line
+wound itself in a hopeless snarl around the tip. Jock and Sandy,
+who had stood by, green with envy, clapped their hands over their
+mouths and danced with mirth.
+
+"It looks easy," said poor Jean mournfully, "but maybe I'd best
+stick to the skimmer when I fish."
+
+"Oh, it always does that the first time," said the new boy
+comfortingly, as he rescued the fly and straightened out the
+line.
+
+"When a girl tries to do it," added Jock witheringly.
+
+The new boy held out the rod.
+
+"You try it," he said to Jock, and Jock, full of confidence, did
+not wait for a second invitation.
+
+"Look here, Jean," he said. "This is the way you do it."
+
+He swung the rod with a mighty flourish over his head, bud alas,
+the fly surprised him too. It caught in Sandy's trousers and
+surprised Sandy as well. Not only that, it scratched him.
+
+"Ow!" howled Sandy, leaping about like a monkey on the end of the
+string. "Leave go of me!"
+
+There was a snarl even worse than Jean's, too, and between that
+and Sandy's jumping about it was some time before the line was
+disentangled and the hook freed so that Sandy was able to take
+his turn. Jean, meanwhile, said nothing at all, for Jock looked
+so crestfallen that she hadn't the heart. When Sandy tried it
+things were still worse, for the fly flew about so wildly that
+Jock and Jean fled before it and hid behind some bushes.
+
+"Whoever could catch fish with such gewgaws as them anyway?" said
+Sandy scornfully, when a second attempt brought no better result.
+"The fish aren't used to it."
+
+Jock rolled up his sleeves, crept to the side of the burn, and
+looked over into the pool.
+
+"Hold to me, Sandy," he said, and Sandy immediately sat down on
+his legs. Then Jock suddenly plunged his arms into the water and
+before the fish could whisk their tails he had caught one in his
+hand and thrown it on the grass.
+
+Springing to his feet and upsetting Sandy, he jumped to a rock in
+the middle of the brook and caught two more. It was now the new
+boy's turn to be astonished. Apparently Jock had stirred up a
+whole school of trout, for Sandy, following Jock's lead, also
+leaped into the stream, and in a few moments six fine trout were
+flopping about the grass.
+
+"Let's build a fire and cook them," urged the new boy, whose name
+they soon learned was Alan McRae. "And if old Angus Niel comes
+nosing around we'll offer him a bite! He can do nothing with four
+of us, anyway, unless he shoots us, and he'd hang for that. Come
+on!"
+
+By this time they were all so thrilled with the sport and were
+having such fun that nobody thought any more about Angus anyway,
+so Jean ran for a pan, while Jock and Sandy cleaned the fish with
+Alan's knife, and Alan gathered dry twigs and bracken for the
+fire. Jean brought down some scones, which she split and spread
+with butter while the fish were frying. When they were done to a
+golden brown she put a hot fish on each piece of scone and handed
+them out to the boys, and when they had eaten every scrap they
+buried the fish-bones in case Angus should come that way.
+
+After lunch Jean went to wring out the clothes and hang them on
+the bushes to dry, while Jock and Sandy examined Alan's wonderful
+book of flies and his reel, and even the creel in which he was to
+have put the fish, if he had caught any.
+
+"Losh, man!" exclaimed Sandy, swaggering about with his hands in
+his pockets, "that's all very well. Aye, it's a good game, and
+you might go dandering along a stream all day playing. with it,
+but if you really want fish, just go after 'em yourself! That's
+my way. Guddling for trout like you saw me and Jock do, that's
+the real sport!"
+
+"I believe you," said Alan. "I'm going to try it myself. Come on.
+Let's go farther up stream and see if we can find another good
+fishing-hole. I told Eppie I'd bring her a fish to her tea, and
+I'd hate to go back with nothing at all," and the three boys
+disappeared in the woods.
+
+Jean finished her work by the brook and went to the house to make
+more scones, for the picnic had exhausted the supply and they
+used no other bread. She bustled about the kitchen, mixing,
+spreading them on the girdle over the fire, keeping the coals
+bright, and turning them out nicely browned on the mixing-board.
+She was just finishing the sixth one, when there was a great
+thumping at the door, and she ran to see what was the matter.
+There on the doorstep stood the three boys, Alan dripping wet
+from head to heel, shivering with cold, and with mud and water
+running from him in streams. Jean threw up her hands.
+
+"It's most michty," she cried, "if I can't ever bake scones in
+this kitchen without some man body coming in half drowned to mess
+up my clean floor! However did you go and drop yourself in the
+burn, Alan McRae? 'Deed and I wonder that your mother lets you go
+out alone, you're that careless with yourself. And you not long
+out of a sick bed, too."
+
+"He was guddling for trout," shouted Jock and Sandy in one
+breath; "and the hole was deep. There was no one sitting on him,
+and syne over he went!"
+
+Jean seized Alan by the shoulder and drew him into the kitchen,
+and set him to drip on the hearth while she gave her orders.
+
+"Jock, do you fill the basin with warm water, and you, Sandy, put
+more peat on the fire. He must have a rinse with hot water and
+something hot to drink."
+
+"What'll he do for clothes?" cried Jock.
+
+"Dinna fash yourself about clothes," said Jean, rummaging
+furiously in the "kist." "I'm laying out Father's old kilts he
+had when he was a boy. He can put them on till his own things are
+dry. Here's a towel for you," she added, tossing one to Alan.
+"Rub yourself down well, and when you've dressed, just give a
+chap at the door, and I'll come in and get you a sup of tea."
+
+Then she disappeared. You can imagine what the kitchen looked
+like when she came back again. Alan's wet clothes were spread out
+on her father's chair by the fire, and Alan, gorgeous in his
+plaid kiltie, was strutting back and forth giving an imitation of
+the bagpipes on his nose, with Jock and Sandy marching behind him
+singing "Do ye ken John Peel with his coat so gay" at the top of
+their lungs.
+
+"Have you gone clean daft?" Jean shouted. "Sit down by the fire and
+get out of my way while I mop up after you!"
+
+The boys each seized one of the kitchen stools without stopping
+the song and marched with it to the hearth, and when they came to
+"Peel's view halloo would awaken the dead," they gave a howl that
+nearly brought down the ham from the rafters as they banged them
+down on the hearth-stones. Jean clapped her hands over her ears
+and ran for the mop, and in no time at all the puddles had
+disappeared and the boys were drinking tea by the fire.
+
+Of course, Alan had no shoes to put on because his were soaking
+wet, and as it was now late in the afternoon it began to be a
+question how he should get back to the castle. It was still cold
+for going barefoot, and he was not used to it besides, and his
+clothes certainly would not be fit to put on for a long time.
+They held a consultation. Alan thought he could go without shoes.
+
+"You'll do nothing of the kind," said Jean firmly. "What sickness
+was it you had, anyway?"
+
+"Measles," said Alan, looking ashamed of it.
+
+"Measles!" shouted Sandy. "That's naught but a baby disease. My
+little sister had that. Sal, but I've had worse things the matter
+with me! I've had the fever, and once I cut my toe with the axe!"
+
+"Hold your tongue, Sandy," said Jean, "and dinna boast! If Alan's
+had measles he can't go back to the castle barefoot; so you must
+just be stepping yourself, and stop by at the castle to tell
+Eppie McLean that Alan will bide here till his things are dry."
+
+Sandy rose reluctantly and set down his empty mug.
+
+"Well, then, if I must, I must," he said,
+and started off down the hill whistling.
+
+
+
+V. EVENING IN THE WEE BIT HOOSIE
+
+When he was out of sight, Jean brought in the washing and then it
+was time to get supper. Alan helped set the table and kept the
+fire bright under the pot, while Jock fed the hens and brought in
+the eggs; and when the Shepherd and Tam returned from the hills,
+you can imagine how surprised they were to find three children
+waiting for them instead of two. At supper the Shepherd had to be
+told all the adventures of the day and how it happened that Alan
+was wearing the kilts, and by the time it was over you would have
+thought they had known each other all their lives. While Jean
+cleared away the dishes, the Shepherd drew his chair to the fire
+and beckoned Alan to him.
+
+"Come here, laddie," he said, "and give us a look at your
+plaidie. It's been lying there in the kist, and I've not seen a
+sight of it since I was a lad. It's the Campbell plaid, ye ken,
+and I mind once when I was a lad I was on my way home from the
+kirk and a hare crossed my path. It's ill luck for a hare to
+cross your path, and fine I proved it. I clean forgot it was the
+Sabbath and louped the dyke after him. My kiltie caught on a
+stone, and there I was hanging upside down. My father loosed me,
+but my kiltie was torn and I had to go to bed without my supper
+for breaking the Sabbath."
+
+"Is the hole there yet?" asked Jean.
+
+"Na, na;" said the Shepherd. "You didn't think your grandmother
+was such a thriftless wifie as that! She mended the hole so that
+you could never find where it had been."
+
+He examined fold after fold carefully.
+
+"There, now," he exclaimed at last, "if you want to see mending
+that would make you proud to wear it, look at that."
+
+Jean and Jock stuck their heads over his shoulder, and Alan
+twisted himself nearly in two trying to see his own back.
+
+"We have a plaid a good deal like this," said Alan, looking
+closely at the pattern. "My mother's name was McGregor, but she
+has relations named Campbell."
+
+"Are you really a Scotch body, then?" cried Robin with new
+interest in Alan. "I thought you were an English boy."
+
+"I live in London," Alan answered, "but my mother's people are
+all Scotch, and she loves Scotland. That's one reason why she
+sent me up here to be with Eppie McLean."
+
+"Losh, mannie," cried the Shepherd, "if you have Campbell
+relatives and your mother's name was McGregor, it's likely you
+are a descendant from old Rob Roy himself, and if so, we're all
+kinsmen. Inversnaid, where Rob Roy's cave is, is but a few miles
+from here, and it was in this very country that he hid himself
+among rocks and caves, giving to the poor with his left hand what
+he took from the rich with. his right. Well, well, laddie, the
+old clans are scattered now, but blood is thicker than water
+still, and you're welcome to the fireside of your kinsman!"
+
+"Is he really a relation?" cried Jean and Jock eagerly.
+
+"Well," said the Scotchman cautiously, "I'm not saying he is
+precisely, but I'm not saying he is not, either. The Campbells
+and the McGregors have lived in these parts for better than two
+hundred years, and it's not likely that Alan could lay claim to
+both names and be no relation at all. If there were still clans,
+as there used to be in the old days, we'd all belong to the same
+one, and that I do not doubt."
+
+"I'm sure I'd like that," said Alan, and Jock was so delighted
+with his new relative that he stood on his head in the middle of
+the floor to express his feelings. When the excitement had died
+down a bit, Alan drew his stool up beside the Shepherd's knee and
+said: "Won't you please tell us about Rob Roy, Cousin Campbell?
+If he's an ancestor of mine, I ought to know more about him."
+
+"Oh, do, Father," echoed the Twins, planting their stools beside
+the other knee. Even Tam was interested. He sat on the hearth in
+front of the Shepherd, looking up into his face as if he
+understood every word.
+
+The Shepherd gazed thoughtfully into the fire for a moment; then
+he said: "I can tell you what my grandsire told me, and he got it
+from his grandsire, so it must be true. In the beginning Rob Roy
+was as staunch a man as any, and held his own property like other
+gentlemen. Craig Royston was the name of his place, and fine and
+proud he was of it, too. He was a gey shrewd man in the cattle-
+dealing, and his neighbor, the Duke of Montrose, thinking to
+benefit his own estate, lent Rob money to set him up in the
+trade. There was a pawky rascal named McDonald who was partner to
+Rob, and didn't he run away with the money, leaving Rob in debt
+to the Duke and nothing to pay him with? The Duke foreclosed on
+Rob at once, and took away Craig Royston and added it to his own
+estate. You can well believe that Rob was not the man to take
+such dealings with patience. If the Duke had not been so hasty,
+Rob would more than likely have got hold of McDonald and made him
+pay either out of his purse or out of his skin, but he did
+neither the one nor the other. Instead he left his home and took
+his clan with him into the mountains and became the terror of the
+whole country-side."
+
+"Wasn't he a good man?" asked Jean, gazing at her father with
+round eyes.
+
+"Well," said the Shepherd, "not just what you'd call pious,
+maybe, and it cannot be said that he was aye regular at the kirk.
+It's true he never forgot an enemy, but he never forgot a
+kindness either and was loyal and true to them that were true to
+him."
+
+"What did he do when they weren't true to him?" asked Jock.
+
+"He made them wish they had been," replied the Shepherd mildly.
+
+"But what made the Duke of Montrose take away Craig Royston?"
+asked Jock. "Didn't he have a great big place of his own?"
+
+"Aye," answered Robin, "but what difference does that make? The
+more land he had, the more land he wanted, the same as other
+lairds. Be that as it may, Craig Royston was certainly taken away
+from Rob, and a bitter man it made of him."
+
+"Why, it's just like ourselves and the Auld Laird," cried Jean.
+"He's going to take away our home from us!"
+
+"It's not just the same, little woman," said the Shepherd, laying
+his big brown hand on Jean's small one on his knee. "But the loss
+of it hurts just the same. Rob Roy loved Craig Royston no better
+than we love this wee bit hoosie."
+
+"But why must you go, then?" asked Alan, his eyes shining with
+interest and sympathy.
+
+"You see; lad," answered the Shepherd, "it's like the tale of the
+dog in the manger. The Auld Laird will neither use the land nor
+let us." He explained about the lease, and when he had finished,
+Alan said, "But what will you do when you leave this place?"
+
+"I'm spiering the same question myself," answered the Shepherd.
+"As yet I dinna ken."
+
+"I tell you what," shouted Jock, springing to his feet and
+knocking over his stool. "Why don't we live in the caves the way
+Rob Roy did? If the Crumpets and all the people who have to give
+up their homes should band together in a clan and hide themselves
+in the glen, the Auld Laird could send all the Mr. Craigies and
+Angus Niels in the world after us and they'd never get us!"
+
+The Shepherd smiled and shook his head. "The time for that has
+gone by," he said sadly. "Na, na, we must just submit. But one
+thing I do know, and that is, we'll not seek a place with the
+Laird of Kinross. They say he will let his land to none but
+members of the Established Church, and I'll not give up my
+religion for any man not if I'm forever walking the world!"
+
+"But come, now," he went on, seeing them downcast, "you all have
+faces on you as long as a summer Sabbath. Cheer up, and I'll tell
+you a tale my grandfather told me of the water cow of Loch Leven.
+You mind the song says, 'The Campbells are coming from bonnie
+Loch Leven.' Well, it was around that loch that the Campbells
+pastured their cattle. One day when my grandsire was a young lad
+he was playing with some other children on the pastures near the
+shore, when all of a sudden what should they see among their own
+cows but a fine young dun-colored heifer without any horns. She
+was lying by herself on the green grass, chewing her cud and
+looking so gentle and pretty that the children played around her
+without fear. They wound a wreath of daisies and put it on her
+neck, and then they got on her back. The cow stretched out longer
+and longer to make room for them until they were all on her back
+except my grandsire. Then all of a sudden the dun cow rose up,
+first on her hind legs, tipping the children all forward, and
+then on her forelegs tipping them all back ward, yet no one fell
+off at all, and when she was up on her feet, didn't she start
+straight away for the deep waters of the loch? The children
+screamed and tried to get off her back, but no matter how hard
+they tried, there they stuck. My grandsire ran screaming toward
+them, and put up his hand to pull them down, and his finger
+touched the dun cow's back! Now never believe me, if his finger
+didn't stick so he could not pull it away, and by that he knew
+the dun heifer for a water cow and that she had bewitched the
+children. He was being dragged along with them toward the water,
+when all of a sudden he slipped out his knife and with one blow
+chopped off his own finger and he was wanting that finger till
+the day of his death."
+
+"What became of the others?" gasped Alan, his black eyes glowing
+like coals.
+
+"They went on the dun cow's back into the lake, and the water
+closed over them and they were never seen again," said the
+Shepherd, "and that's the end of the tale."
+
+While the Shepherd talked, the twilight had deepened into
+darkness, the fire had died down, and the corners of the room
+were filled with mysterious tricky shadows that danced with the
+flickering flames on the hearth. Jean looked fearfully over her
+shoulder. There was a creepy feeling in the back of her neck, and
+Jock's eyes were as round as door-knobs. The Shepherd laughed at
+them.
+
+"Good children have little to fear from the fairy folk," he said.
+"Come, now, your eyes are fair sticking out of your heads. I'll
+give you a skirl on the bagpipes if Jeanie'll bring them from the
+closet. Jock, stir up the fire, and Alan, give your clothes a
+turn and see if they are drying."
+
+The children ran to do these errands, and in a moment the fire
+was flaming gayly up the chimney, chasing the murky shadows out
+of the corners and making the room bright and cheerful again,
+while the Shepherd, tucking the bag under his arm, stirred the
+echoes on old Ben Vane with the wild strains of "Bonnie Doon" and
+"Over the Water to Charlie." At last he struck up the music of
+the Highland Fling, and the three children sprang to the middle
+of the floor and danced the wild Scotch dance together.
+
+Just as the fun was at its height, and Alan, looking very
+handsome in his kilts, was doing the heel and toe with great
+energy, there came a loud rap at the door. Instantly everything
+stopped, just as short as Cinderella's ball did when the clock
+struck twelve, and the Shepherd, laying aside his bagpipes,
+opened the door. There stood a man with a bundle on his arm.
+"Eppie McLean sent these clothes to the lad," he said, handing
+the bundle to the Shepherd, "and he's to come back along with
+me." Alan took the bundle, thanked the man, and disappeared with
+Jock into "the room," where he changed his clothes, returning the
+kilts, with regret, to Jock. "I've had just a grand day," he said
+to Jean and the Shepherd as he shook hands and took leave of them
+in the kitchen afterward. "I'll be back to-morrow for my
+clothes."
+
+"Come back and play then," said Jock.
+
+When he was gone, Jean folded the kilts away in the closet again.
+"He's a fine braw laddie," said the Shepherd.
+
+"Aye," said Jock. "He had two suits of clothes, one as good as
+the other, but he was not proud."
+
+"I wonder what his father's work is," said Jean.
+
+"He never spoke of his father at all, just his mother," said
+Jock, and at that moment the wag-at-the-wall clock struck nine.
+
+"Havers!" said Jean. "Look at the hour, Jock Campbell! Get you to
+your bed."
+
+
+
+VI. TWO DISCOVERIES
+
+That night Jock dreamed of water cows, and clans dressed in
+kilts, and when Sandy appeared the next morning, his head was
+still buzzing with wild schemes of adventure.
+
+"Come awa', Sandy," he said, "let's explore. We'll go up the burn
+and see if we can't find out where it begins."
+
+"What'll we do for lunch?" asked Sandy, who was practical. "I
+brought a scone with me--but it'll never be enough for two."
+
+"Ho!" said Jock. "If Rob Roy and all his men could live in caves
+all the time and take care of themselves, I guess we can do it
+for one day. We can fish, and maybe we might find some birds'
+eggs. I'm not afraid."
+
+"What about Alan?" asked Jean.
+
+"If he comes to play, tell him to follow us right up the burn and
+keep whistling the pewit's call three times over, and if we don't
+see him, we'll hear him," said Jock. "There's no danger of not
+finding us if he follows the water," and he and Sandy set forth
+at once.
+
+Jean had finished her work and was wondering what to do with the
+long day which stretched before her, when Alan came running up
+the hill and burst into the kitchen.
+
+"Look here what I've got, Jean," he said, thumping a parcel down
+on the kitchen table and tearing it open. "Eppie put this up for
+me."
+
+Jean looked and there was a whole pound of bacon, three big
+scones, and a dozen eggs. "Save us!" cried Jean, clasping her
+hands in admiration. "What will you do with it all?"
+
+"I'll show you!" said Alan. "Where's Jock?"
+
+"He and Sandy have gone up the burn, exploring," said Jean. "They
+said you were to follow, and if you didn't find them, keep
+whistling the pewit's call three times till they answered you."
+
+"What is the pewit's call?" asked Alan.
+
+"Michty me!" said Jean. "Think of not knowing that!" She pursed
+up her lips and whistled "Pee-wit, pee-wit, pee-wit."
+
+"You see, we don't have them in London;" Alan apologetically
+explained, "unless it's in the Zoo; but I say, Jean, aren't you
+coming, too? You're as good as a boy any day. Come along!"
+
+"All right," said Jean. "I wanted to dreadfully. I'll get a
+basket for the lunch." She went to the closet and brought out a
+basket which her father had made out of split willow twigs,
+packed the lunch in it, and off they started.
+
+They passed the place where the fishbones were buried, and the
+spot where Alan had fallen into the water the day before, and
+then plunged into the deep pine forest which filled the glen and
+covered the mountain-sides. The pine-needles lay thick on the
+ground, and above them the pine boughs waved in the breeze,
+making a soft sighing sound, "like a giant breathing," Jean said.
+The silence deepened as they went farther and farther into the
+woods. There was only the purring of the water, the occasional
+snapping of a twig, or the lonely cry of a bird to break the
+stillness. It was dark, too, except where the sunshine, breaking
+through the thick branches overhead, made spots of golden light
+upon the pine-needles.
+
+"It's almost solemn; isn't it?" said Jean to Alan in a hushed
+voice. "I was never so far in the woods before."
+
+"I wonder which side of the burn the boys went. If we should
+take the wrong side, we might not find them," said Alan.
+
+"Let's whistle," said Jean. She puckered her lips and gave the
+pewit call, but there was no answer.
+
+"Perhaps they didn't hear it because the burn makes such a noise.
+It keeps growing louder and louder," said Alan.
+
+Whistling and listening for an answer at every few steps, they
+climbed over rocks and fallen trees, keeping as close as possible
+to the stream, until suddenly they found themselves gazing up at
+a beautiful waterfall which came gushing from a pile of giant
+rocks reaching up among the topmost boughs of the pines.
+
+"Oh, it's bonny! but how shall we get up?" cried Jean.
+
+"We must just find a way," said Alan.
+
+"It's a grand place for robbers and
+poachers," said Jean, looking fearsomely at the cliffs stretching
+far above them. "Angus Niel says the forests are full of them."
+
+"I'd as soon meet a poacher as Angus Niel himself," said Alan,
+laughing, "but I'm not afraid as long as you're with me. It's
+Angus that's afraid of you, Jock says."
+
+Jean laughed too. "I'm not afraid when I'm in my own kitchen, but
+it's different in the woods," she said.
+
+Alan had been nosing around among the rocks as they talked,
+getting nearer and nearer to the fall, and now he suddenly
+disappeared, and for a few moments Jean was quite alone in the
+woods. Soon Alan reappeared from behind the fall itself and
+beckoned her to follow him.
+
+Jean was looking at the wall of rock which loomed above them.
+"Sal!" she remarked, "we'll be needing wings to get up there, or
+we'll smash all the eggs for sure."
+
+For answer Alan popped out of sight again behind the fall, and
+Jean, following closely in his wake, was just in time to catch
+sight of his legs as he dived into a hole opening into the rocky
+wall. The cliff from which the water plunged overhung the rocks
+below in such a way that she could pass behind the veil of water
+without getting wet at all.
+
+Into this mysterious opening behind the fall Jean followed her
+leader, and found herself climbing a narrow dry channel through
+which the stream had once forced its way. It was a hard, rough
+scramble up a narrow passage worn by the water and through holes
+almost too small to squeeze through, but at last she saw Alan's
+heels just disappearing over the edge of a jutting rock and knew
+they were coming out into daylight again. An instant later Alan's
+head appeared in the opening, his hand reached down to help her
+up, and with one last effort she came out upon an open ledge and
+looked about her.
+
+She could not help an exclamation of delight at what she saw. The
+rock was so high that they could look out over the treetops clear
+to the slope where the little gray house stood. The waterfall,
+plunging from a still higher level, made a barrier on one side of
+them, and on the other side the cliff rose, a sheer wall of rock.
+Between the wall of water and the wall of rock there was a cave
+extending into the solid rock for a distance of about twenty
+feet. There was absolutely no way of reaching this fastness
+except through the hidden stair, and one might wander for years
+through the forest and never see it at all.
+
+"Oh," exclaimed Jean, "it's wonderful! How Jock will love this
+place! Don't you believe this very cave was used by Rob Roy and
+his men?" and Alan, swelling with pride to think he had found it
+all himself, said yes, he was sure of it.
+
+"I tell you what we'll do," cried Alan, a minute later. "We'll
+just leave the basket here in the cave, and when we've found the
+boys we'll come back and have our lunch here."
+
+They tucked the basket away out of sight on a rocky shelf in the
+cave, and found their way down the steep rough stairway to the
+bed of the stream again and, making a wide detour, came out above
+the fall. They struggled on for nearly a mile farther still
+without finding any trace of the boys, and were beginning to be
+discouraged, when they saw a break in the trees with glimpses of
+blue sky beyond, and a few moments later came out upon the shores
+of a tiny mountain lake, shining like a beautiful blue jewel in
+the dark setting of the pine trees on its banks.
+
+Beyond the lake the purple peaks of higher mountains made a
+ragged outline against the sky. The sun was now almost directly
+overhead; the waters of the lake were still, and its lovely
+shores were mirrored on the placid surface. A great eagle soared
+in stately circles in the deep blue sky. It was so beautiful and
+so still that the children stood a moment among the rocks where
+the tarn emptied itself into the mountain stream to look at it.
+
+"It's just the place for a water cow, or a horse maybe," Jean
+whispered to Alan.
+
+"Sh!" was Alan's only reply. He seized Jean's hand and dragged
+hear down behind a rock and pointed toward the south. There,
+coming out of the woods, was a beautiful stag. It poised its
+noble head, and sniffed the air, as if it suspected there might
+be human beings about, and then stepped daintily to the lake-
+shore and bent to drink. Its lips had scarcely touched the water
+when the children were startled by the loud report of a gun.
+
+"Poachers," gasped Jean, hiding her face and wishing they had
+never come. "Oh, where are Jock and Sandy?" Her only thought was
+to make herself as small as possible and keep out of sight behind
+the rocks, but Alan peered through the screen of bushes which hid
+the rock and made violent gestures to Jean to make her look, too.
+Jean crawled on her hands and knees to Alan's side, and when she
+looked, what she saw made her so angry that she would have sprung
+to her feet if Alan had not held her down with a fierce grip. The
+stag was lying by the lake-shore, and a man with the muzzle of
+his gun still smoking was running toward it from the woods. The
+man was Angus Niel!
+
+Jean was so astonished that for an instant she could not believe
+her own eyes. The two children flattened themselves out on their
+stomachs and watched him pull a boat from its hiding-place among
+some bushes on the shore, paddle quietly to the spot where the
+dead stag lay, and load it swiftly into the boat. Then he raced
+back to the woods again and reappeared, carrying a string of dead
+rabbits. These also he crowded into the boat, and then, taking up
+the oars, rowed across the lake to a landing-place on the other
+side. The children watched him, scarcely breathing in their
+excitement, until he had unloaded his game from the boat and
+disappeared into the woods, dragging the body of the stag after
+him. In a few moments he came back for the rabbits and, having
+disposed of them in the same mysterious way, returned to the
+boat.
+
+Then Jean exploded in a fierce whisper. "The old thief!" she
+said, shaking her fist after him. "He's the poacher himself!
+That's why he never brings any one before the bailie, though he's
+always telling about catching them at it! And he making such a
+fuss because Jock chased the rabbit that was eating up our
+garden! Oh, oh, oh!"
+
+She clutched Alan and shook him in her boiling indignation. Alan
+laughed and shook her back. "I didn't do it, you little
+spitfire!" he whispered, and Jean moaned, "Oh, I know it, Alan,
+but I can't catch him and I'm so angry I've just got to do
+something to somebody."
+
+"Do you know what that old thief does?" said Alan. "He sends
+that game down to the city--to Glasgow, or Edinburgh, or even
+London, maybe--and gets a lot of money for it! No wonder he tells
+big stories to make people afraid to go into the woods."
+
+"I hope he won't meet the boys," moaned Jean. "Jock would be sure
+to let his tongue loose, and then maybe he'd shoot him too!"
+
+"Listen," said Alan. He gave the pewit's call and waited. It was
+answered from a point so near that they were startled. They
+looked in every direction but saw nothing of the boys.
+
+"Maybe it was a real pewit after all," whispered Jean, but just
+then a tiny pebble struck Alan's cap, and, looking around in the
+direction from which it came, he saw two freckled faces rise up
+from behind the rock on the opposite side of the spring.
+
+"There they are," he said, punching Jean and pointing; "they came
+up the other side of the burn." Then, making a cup of his hands,
+he called across the stream, "Did you see him?" The boys nodded.
+"Slip back as fast as you can down that side of the burn," Alan
+said, "and we'll meet at the fall. Wait at the foot if you get
+there first. We've got something to show you. Whist, and be
+quick, for he'll be coming back before long, and this way like as
+not."
+
+Jock and Sandy nodded and disappeared, and Alan and Jean,
+springing from their hiding-place, hurried as fast as they could
+down their side of the stream to the trysting-place.
+
+
+
+VII. THE CLAN
+
+When Jean and Alan reached the waterfall, they found Jock and Sandy
+there before them. "Come over to our side," Alan called. The two boys
+ran further down stream and crossed the brook on stones which stood
+out of the water, and in a moment more were back again at the foot of
+the fall.
+
+"What have you got to show us?" demanded Jock. "I hope it's
+something to eat." Jock had bitterly regretted his morning
+decision to find his food in the forest. The scone which Sandy
+had brought from home had been divided and eaten long ago; and
+all four of the children were now so hungry that they could think
+of nothing else, not even of Angus Niel and their adventures by
+the lake.
+
+Alan looked cautiously around in every direction. "Follow me, and
+keep quiet tongues in your heads," he said. Then he disappeared
+under the fall, and Jean instantly followed him. For a moment
+Jock and Sandy were as mystified as Jean had been when Alan first
+found the secret stairway, but it was not long before they, too,
+saw the hole in the rock, plunged in and, following the winding
+passage-way, came out upon the top of the rock.
+
+"There," said Alan, beaming with pride, as he displayed his
+wonderful lair, "doesn't this beat Robinson Crusoe all to pieces?
+If he had found a place like this on his desert island, he
+wouldn't have had to build a stockade or anything."
+
+"It's one of the very caves where Rob Roy hid! I'm sure of it,"
+Jock declared with conviction, and Sandy was so overcome with
+admiration that he turned a back somersault and almost upset
+Jean, who was coming out of the cave with the basket on her arm.
+
+"You see," said Alan, "we could stay here a week if we had food
+enough, and never come down at all. All we'd have to do for water
+would be to hold a pan under the edge of the fall. There's no way
+of getting up here except by the secret stair, and that's not
+easy to find. There never was such a place for fun."
+
+Sandy had righted himself by this time and was gazing
+ecstatically at the basket, which Jean had begun to unpack.
+"Losh!" he cried. "Look, Jock! Bacon and eggs and scones! Oh, my
+word!" Jock gave one look and whooped for joy.
+
+"Keep still," said Alan. "Angus may be coming back this way, and
+he has a gun with him. We're safe enough up here, if we keep
+quiet, but if you go howling around like that, he'll surely hunt
+for the noise."
+
+For a moment they kept quiet and listened, but there was no sound
+except the noise of the falling waters. "Huh!" Sandy snorted, "he
+couldn't hear anything, anyway. The roar of the fall hides all
+the other noises."
+
+"Oh, let's eat!" begged Jock, caressing his empty stomach and
+gazing longingly at the food.
+
+"You can't eat now," said Jean; "the food must be cooked first,
+and what shall we do for a fire?"
+
+"We could make one right here on the rock," said Alan, "if we had
+something to burn. I've got matches."
+
+"We'll have to get twigs and dry pine-needles and broken
+branches," said Jock, "and bring them up the secret stair, though
+it'll be hard work getting them through the narrow places. We
+ought to have a rope. We could pull a basketful up over the edge
+of the rock as easy as nothing."
+
+"We'll bring a rope next time," said Alan. "Hurry! I'm starving!"
+
+The three boys disappeared down the secret stair, and while they
+were gone, Jean found loose stones, with which she made a support
+for the frying-pan around a space for the fire. The boys were
+soon back with plenty of small fuel, and in a short time a bright
+fire was blazing on the rock and there was a wonderful smell of
+frying bacon in the air. The boys sat cross-legged around the
+fire, while Jean turned the bacon and broke the eggs into the
+sputtering fat.
+
+"You look just exactly like Tam watching the rabbit-hole,"
+laughed Jean. "I wonder you don't paw the ground and bark!"
+
+At last the scones were handed out, each one laden with a slice
+of bacon and a fried egg, and there was blissful silence for some
+moments.
+
+"Oh, aren't you glad you didn't die of the measles and miss
+this?" Sandy said to Alan, rolling over on his back and waving
+his legs in the air as he finished his third egg. Alan's mouth
+was too full for a reply other than a cordial grunt.
+
+"Why, Sandy Crumpet!" exclaimed Jean, reprovingly, "don't you
+believe heaven is nicer than Scotland?"
+
+"Maybe it is," Sandy admitted, doubtfully, "but I like this
+better than sitting around playing on harps and trumpets the way
+the angels do."
+
+"Sandy Crumpet played the trumpet," howled Jock in derision.
+"Indeed and indeed, Sandy, I like this better than having to hear
+you." Then, before Sandy could think of an answer a memory of the
+catechism crossed his mind, and he added as afterthought, "How do
+you ken you're one of the elect, anyway, Sandy Crumpet? If you're
+not, you'd not be playing on any trumpets, or harps either, but
+like as not frying in the hot place like that bacon there."
+
+Sandy rushed to the defense of his character. "I'm just as elect
+as you are, Jock Campbell," he said.
+
+This time Jock had no answer ready, and Jean reproved them both.
+"Shame on you!" she said. "You'll neither one of you get so much
+as a taste of heaven, I doubt, and you talking like that."
+
+"Where will Angus Niel be going, then, when he dies?" asked Jock.
+"I don't just mind whether there's a chance for thieves, but the
+Bible says drunkards and such-like stand no chance at all."
+
+"It's not for us to judge," said Jean primly, "but I have my
+opinion."
+
+Alan had been busily eating during this conversation, and now he
+joined in. "I say," he began, "I'm not worrying about what will
+become of Angus Niel after he's dead. I want to know what's going
+to be done with him right now. We're the only ones that know
+about this. Are we just going to keep whist, or shall we tell on
+him?"
+
+"Let's tell on him!" shouted Sandy.
+
+"Who'll you be telling?" said Jean with some scorn.
+
+"Why, the bailie, maybe, or the Auld Laird himself," said Sandy.
+
+"Havers!" said Jean. "You're a braw lad to go hobnobbing with
+the bailie. He'll not believe you, anyway; he's a friend of Angus
+himself, and, as for the Auld Laird, how would you get hold of
+him at all, and he far away in London?"
+
+Sandy subsided, crushed, and then Jock had a bright idea. "I tell
+you what we'll do," he cried, springing to his feet. "Let's have
+a clan, like Rob Roy, and we'll just badger the life out of Angus
+Niel. We'll never let him know who we are, but keep kim forever
+stepping and give him no rest. If he thinks somebody's following
+him up all the time, he'll not sleep easy o' nights!"
+
+This suggestion was greeted with riotous applause. "He'd not
+sleep easy if he knew Jean was after him, I'll go bail," laughed
+Alan.
+
+"Hooray!" shouted Sandy, waving his legs frantically. "What shall
+we call it?"
+
+"Let's call it the Rob Roy Clan," said Alan.
+
+"Hooray!" roared Sandy again.
+
+"If we're a Clan, we'll have to have a chief," said Jean, "and if
+the Chief bids us do anything, we'll just have to do it. That's
+the way it was in the real Rob Roy Clan. Father said so."
+
+"Jock thought of it first. Let him be Chief," said Alan.
+
+"No!" cried Jean promptly. "Are you thinking I'll put my head in
+a bag like that, and he my own brother? 'Deed, I'd never get a
+lick of work out of him on Saturday if I did! Na, na, lads!
+Whoever's Chief, it won't be Jock."
+
+"Maybe you'd like to be the Chief yourself," retorted Jock, "but
+it's enough to be bossed by you at home! Besides, whoever heard
+of a girl being Chief, anyway?"
+
+"Alan can be Chief," said Jean, and so the matter was settled.
+
+"If I'm Chief," said Alan, "you'll all have to swear an oath of
+fealty to me."
+
+"What's an oath of fealty?" Jock demanded suspiciously, and Jean
+added in a shocked voice, "Alan, you'd never be asking us to take
+the name of the Lord in vain!"
+
+"It's not that kind of an oath," laughed Alan. "You just have to
+vow to obey the Chief in everything." Then an idea popped into
+his head. "In a real Clan they are all kinsmen, but here's Sandy,
+and he's neither Campbell nor McGregor. We'll have to make a
+blood brother of him before he can join."
+
+"What's a blood brother? How do you make 'em?" asked Sandy.
+
+"I'll show you," said Alan. He drew his knife from his pocket and
+while the other three watched him in breathless admiration, he
+made a little cut in his wrist and immediately passed the knife
+to Jock. "You do the same," he commanded.
+
+Jock obeyed his Chief and passed the knife to Jean, who promptly
+followed his example.
+
+"Now, Sandy," said Alan.
+
+Sandy hated the sight of blood, and he was a little pale under
+his freckles as he shut his eyes and jabbed himself gingerly with
+the point. Then Alan took a drop of blood from each wrist and
+mingled them with a drop from Sandy's.
+
+"Now, Sandy," he said, as he stirred the compound into a gory
+paste, "you repeat after me, 'My foot is on my native heath, my
+name it is McGregor.'" Sandy obeyed with solemnity, and, this
+important ceremony over, Alan pronounced him a member of the Clan
+in good and regular standing.
+
+Then, by the Chief's orders, Jean, Jock, and Sandy, each in turn
+placed their hands under Alan's hand, while they promised to obey
+him without question in all matters pertaining to the Clan.
+
+"Only," said Jean, "you mustn't tell us to do anything wrong."
+
+"I won't," promised Alan. And so the Rob Roy Clan came into
+being.
+
+Alan took command at once. "We must have a sign," he said. "Just
+like Clan Alpine in 'The Lady of the Lake.' Go, my henchmen," he
+cried, striking a noble attitude, and waving his hand toward the
+forest, "bring hither sprays of the Evergreen Pine, and we'll
+stick 'em in our bonnets just like Roderick Dhu and his men.
+Roderick Vich Alpine Dhu, ho! iero!"
+
+The two boys instantly disappeared down the hole in the rock on
+this errand, leaving Jean and Alan to guard the cave.
+
+
+
+VIII. THE POACHERS
+
+While all these things were happening, Angus Niel had returned
+from his errand across the little lake, and was making his way
+slowly toward home, following the course of the stream. As he
+came near the fall he stopped and sniffed. There was certainly a
+most appetizing smell of bacon in the air!
+
+"It can't be!" he said aloud to himself. He sniffed again, and
+his face turned purple with rage. "Meat," he snorted, "as I live!
+The bold rascals! Poaching in broad daylight and cooking their
+game right under my nose!" It wasn't under his nose at all, of
+course, for the rock was far above him, and it wasn't game
+either.
+
+"I'll soon cure them of that trick," he muttered, as he climbed
+silently over the rocks and gazed searchingly about. It was not
+long before he caught sight of a thin curl of blue smoke rising
+from the top of the rock.
+
+"Aha!" he growled under his breath, "I've got you now, my bold
+gentlemen! I'll teach you to flaunt your thefts in the face of
+the Laird's own gamekeeper, once I get my hands on you!" At once
+he began nosing about the rocks in search of the path by which
+the poachers had climbed the cliff.
+
+Meanwhile Sandy and Jock had found the sprays of the Evergreen
+Pine and were on their way back to the cave with them, when Jock
+suddenly seized Sandy by the arm and ducked down behind a
+boulder. There, not a hundred feet away, stood Angus Niel gazing
+up at the top of the rock! His back was toward them, and the
+noise of the waterfall had drowned out the sound of voices, or
+they surely would not have escaped his notice. As it was, they
+slipped behind the fall, whisked into the hole, and began
+climbing the secret stair like two frightened squirrels. An
+instant later they startled Alan and Jean, who were in the cave,
+by dashing in after them on all fours.
+
+"What on earth is the matter?" cried Jean.
+
+"Matter, indeed!" gasped Jock, out of breath. "Angus Niel is down
+there, and he's seen the smoke! He almost saw us, but we just
+gave him the slip and got by."
+
+"Keep out of sight, all of you," commanded the Chief, "and leave
+him to me."
+
+The obedient Clan flattened themselves against the back of the
+cave, while Alan crept to the edge of the rock on his stomach
+like a lizard, and, lying there, was able to peep through the
+thick screen of leaves and see what was going on below. The
+gamekeeper was still scrambling over the rocks and looking, as
+Alan said afterward, "for all the world like a dog who had lost
+the trail and was trying to find it again."
+
+As the look-out was well screened, Alan soon allowed the rest of
+the Clan to join him, and Angus Niel little guessed, as he
+prowled about over the rocks, that every move was watched from
+above. Despairing of finding the path, he decided at last to get
+up a tree and make an observation. He selected a large pine which
+grew near the cave and began to climb.
+
+So long as he stood on the ground, the children knew it was
+impossible for Angus to see them, but when he began to climb,
+they scuttled back into the cave as fast as they could go.
+
+Climbing is hard work for a fat man, and the gamekeeper found
+himself covered with pitch before he had gone more than halfway
+up, but he puffed on in spite of difficulties and at last reached
+a point from which he could look directly across the surface of
+the rock, but from which the cave was entirely hidden behind a
+projection in the wall of the cliff.
+
+Angus saw what he supposed to be the whole shelf of the rock, and
+he saw that there was no one there. He could see the fire and the
+frying-pan, the egg shells lying about, and even the portion of
+bacon that Jean had not cooked. They were all in full view, but
+apparently the poachers had gone away into the woods, leaving
+their airy camp deserted. There was no one there; of that he
+felt, certain.
+
+"I'll just give'em a surprise," thought the gamekeeper to
+himself. "If they found a way up, I can, too. I'll help myself to
+a snack of that bacon, and if they come back and find me--well, I
+have my gun with me and I don't like being interrupted at my
+meals."
+
+He backed down the tree like a fat cat, and made a desperate
+search for the path, and this time he actually succeeded in
+finding it. He chuckled to himself as he plunged into the passage
+and began to climb. He had gone about a third of the way up, when
+he reached the narrowest point of the channel and tried to force
+himself through, but the space was so small that no matter how
+much he tried, he could not get by. His gun was in his way too,
+but he could not leave it below, as that would be putting it into
+the hands of the poachers if they should return too soon.
+
+In vain he twisted and squirmed, he could get no farther, and
+moreover he was afraid the gun might go off by accident in his
+struggles. When he found that he could not possibly go up, he
+decided to go down; but he found, to his horror, that he couldn't
+do that either. There he stuck, and an angrier man than Angus
+Niel it would have been hard to find. A projecting rock punched
+him in the stomach, and when he pressed back against the rock
+behind him, to free himself, he scraped the skin off his back.
+Casting prudence to the winds, he howled with pain and rage, and
+the sound, carried up through the narrow passage, echoed in the
+cave like the roar of a lion.
+
+The children, meanwhile, had kept in hiding, and when they heard
+these blood-curdling sounds, they at first did not know what
+caused them, because, of course, they could not see what was
+happening below, but they knew very soon that they were not made
+by a wild animal because wild animals do not swear.
+
+"It's Angus, stuck in the secret stairway," Alan said, smothering
+his laughter. "He's too fat to get through!" He crept to the edge
+and peeped down the hole. There, far below, he could see the top
+of Angus's head and the muzzle of his gun.
+
+The Chief was a boy of great presence of mind. He backed hastily
+away from the hole and ran to the fall, snatching up the pan as
+he passed. This he filled with water and, rushing back, he
+instantly sent a small deluge down upon the head of the hapless
+Angus.
+
+The gamekeeper was dumbfounded by this new attack. Had he not
+with his own eyes seen that the rocky shelf was empty? How, then,
+could this thing be? He rolled his eyes upward, but there was no
+one in sight. He had heard all his life tales of witches and
+water cows, of spells cast upon people by fairies, of their being
+borne away by them into mountain caverns and held as prisoners
+for years and years; and he made up his mind that such a fate had
+now befallen him.
+
+Firmly convinced that he was the victim of enchantment, he became
+palsied with terror, arid began to plead with the unseen
+tormentors who he believed held him in thrall. "Only leave me
+loose, dear good little people," he howled, "and I'll never,
+never trouble you more!"
+
+At this point Alan, shaking with mirth, sent down another panful
+of water, and Angus, redoubling his efforts, wrenched himself
+free, scraping off quantities of skin as he did so. They could
+hear him scuttling down the secret stair as fast as his legs
+would carry him, and when he emerged below, they watched him
+hurry away through the forest, casting fearful glances over his
+shoulder as he ran. Alan made a hollow of his two hands and sent
+after him a wild note, like the wailing of a banshee.
+
+"Angus Niel, Angus Niel," rose the piercing note, "bring back my
+beautiful stag, my stag that lived by the tarn!"
+
+As the sound reached his ears, Angus redoubled his speed, and
+they could hear him crashing through the underbrush as if the
+devil himself were really at his heels.
+
+When the sounds died away in the distance, the Rob Roy Clan
+rolled on the floor of the cave with laughter.
+
+"There!" said Alan, as he sat up and wiped his eyes. "That'll fix
+Angus Niel! We've scared him out of a year's growth, and he'll
+never dare meddle with this place again. Come on, now. It's time
+to go home, but to-morrow we'll come back and fix this place up
+in a way that would make Robinson Crusoe green with envy."
+
+They carefully put water on the ashes of their fire, stuck the
+sprigs of Evergreen Pine in their bonnets, and sped down the
+secret stairway and home.
+
+
+
+IX. A RAINY DAY
+
+The next morning, as she was finishing the beds, Jean heard the
+pewit call and at once knew that the Clan was abroad. She ran to
+the door, and the three boys came in together,--Jock from the
+garden, where he had been pulling weeds in the potato-patch, and
+Sandy and Alan from the road. They were carrying a large basket,
+and Sandy was laden down with a coil of rope in addition.
+
+"What have you got there?" demanded Jean.
+
+"Stores for the Cave," said Alan, "and a rope to let down from
+the rock. Come on; let's go as soon as we can, for it looks like
+rain and we've got a lot to do to get the cave ready for wet
+weather."
+
+"Where did you get 'em?" asked Jock, eyeing the basket with
+interest and wondering what was inside.
+
+"Oh," said Alan, "I just asked Eppie. She lets me have anything I
+want. My mother told her to stuff me while I'm here, and if I
+take the food off to the woods with me she doesn't have to cook
+it at home, so she's suited, and I am, too."
+
+Jean hastily gathered together a few cooking utensils, and a few
+minutes later the four set forth, carrying the provisions and wearing
+proudly in their bonnets the sprig of pine, the insignia of the Clan.
+The sky was downcast and the woods seemed dark and gloomy as they
+made their way toward the waterfall.
+
+"What'll we do if it rains?" cried Sandy. "It's no such fine
+thing just sitting still in a cave."
+
+"I've a plan in my head," said the Chief. "Wait and see."
+
+As they reached the fall, Alan sent Sandy and Jock to gather
+wood, while Jean guarded the basket at the foot of the rock and
+he himself darted up the secret stairway with the rope. From the
+top he let down the rope and Jean fastened it through the handles
+of the basket. Alan then drew it up, emptied the contents, and
+sent back the basket for the wood which Sandy and Jock had by
+that time collected.
+
+They all worked as swiftly as possible, for the woods were
+growing darker and darker every minute and they could now hear
+the roll of thunder above the noise of the waterfall. They had
+gathered and sent up six basketfuls, when the rain came splashing
+down in earnest, and the Clan scrambled up the secret stair and
+into the cave for shelter. Alan had piled the wood in the cave as
+fast as he had pulled it up, and there was now a fine pile of dry
+fuel.
+
+"Sandy, you build the fire," commanded the Chief, seating himself
+on the wood-pile.
+
+"The rain will put it out," said Sandy.
+
+"Make it in the cave," said Alan.
+
+"Then the smoke will put us out," cried Jean.
+
+"Try it and see," said Alan. "We can't have lunch without a fire,
+for I've brought mealy puddings."
+
+"Mealy puddings!" cried Sandy, licking his lips, and he went to
+work with a will. Fortunately the wind blew from the east, so
+they were not absolutely choked by the smoke, and soon the fire
+was burning briskly; making a spot of flaming color against the
+dark background of the cave. Jock ran to the fall and filled the
+pan with water, and soon the mealy puddings were bobbing merrily
+about in the boiling water, while the boys, snug and safe in the
+shelter of the cave, watched the boughs of the pine trees swaying
+in the wind and waited for Jean to tell them that dinner was
+ready. She could cook but one thing at a time over the fire, but
+it was not long before the feast was spread, and they fell to
+with appetites that caused the food to disappear like dew before
+the morning sun.
+
+"Losh!" said Sandy, rolling over with his feet to the fire, when
+he could eat no more, "I thought you said you had a rainy day
+plan, Chief."
+
+"So I have," said Alan, drawing a little book from his pocket.
+"I'm going to read to you."
+
+Sandy glanced at the book. "Not poetry, Chief!" he said with
+alarm. "Surely you don't mean that!"
+
+"It isn't just poetry," said Alan. "It's a story about Roderick
+Dhu and Clan Alpine, and hunting deer in these very mountains.
+You'll like it, I know."
+
+Sandy groaned and laid his head on his arm. "Go ahead," he said
+with resignation. "You're the Chief and I can't help myself."
+
+"I'll be washing up the dishes while you read," said Jean.
+
+"Blaze away," said Jock, who loved books as much as he disliked
+work.
+
+"It's 'The Lady of the Lake,'" Alan began.
+
+"Oh!" snorted Sandy, to whom Walter Scott was scarcely more than
+a name, "I thought it was about fighting and robbers, and things
+like that, and here it's about a lady! and it's about love too, I
+doubt! I wonder at you, Alan McRae!"
+
+Alan made no reply but began to read. When he reached a line
+about "Beauty's matchless eye," Sandy snored insultingly and was
+promptly kicked by Jock. But when Alan reached the lines
+
+"The stag at eve had drunk his fill
+Where danced the moon on Monan's rill,"
+
+Sandy sat up and began to think the despised poem might amount to
+something after all. Jean had finished the dishes by this time
+and sat cross-legged with her chin in her hand, staring into the
+fire, as Alan read how the splendid stag pursued by hunters,
+
+ "Like crested leader proud and high
+ Tossed his beamed frontlet to the sky;
+ A moment gazed adown the dale,
+ A moment snuffed the tainted gale,"
+
+Then she cried out, "Michty me! It's just exactly like the stag
+we saw Angus Niel shoot by the tarn; isn't it, now, Alan?"
+
+"And Benvoirlich is the very mountain we can see far away to the
+south from our house," interrupted Jock, when Alan reached that
+part of the poem.
+
+"Did the hunters get the stag?" demanded Sandy, and "Go on with
+the tale," shouted all three. Alan read on and on by the
+flickering light of the fire, and so absorbed were they all in
+the story of the region they knew and loved so dearly that a
+shaft of sunlight from the west shot across the cave, lighting up
+the gloomy corners, before they realized that the day was far
+gone and the rain had stopped.
+
+"It's time to go home," said Jean. "The sun is low in the west,
+and Father and Tam will be coming back wet and hungry from the
+hills, and no broth hot."
+
+They packed the remainder of their supper carefully away in the
+basket and left it in the corner of the cave behind the woodpile,
+put out every spark of the fire, and picked their way carefully
+down the wet chasm to the ground.
+
+"Hark," said Jock, as they started home. Faraway in the distance
+there was the frantic barking of a dog. They stopped and
+listened.
+
+"It's Tam," said Jean, with conviction, "and he's after
+something. It's either the rabbit or else he's found a weasel
+hole," and instantly all the children were off at a bound,
+tearing through the woods in the direction of the sound. They had
+been, having such a good time they had not once thought of Angus
+Niel, but as they reached the edge of the forest, there he was,
+standing behind a tree with his gun pointing toward the little
+gray house! They stopped short in their wild race and instantly
+hid themselves among the trees. They could see Tam barking and
+pawing the ground with the greatest excitement in the open field
+which lay between the forest and the garden-patch.
+
+"Tam's after the rabbit as sure as sure," Jock whispered to Alan,
+who had crept with him underneath a spreading pine. "That's the
+very place where he went after him before. If that old thief
+kills Tam, I'll--I'll--" Jock could think of no fit punishment
+for such a crime, and in his rage and excitement would have run
+right out into the open, after the dog if Alan had not held him
+by his jacket. "Let go--let go!" said Jock, struggling to get
+away. "I tell you, if he shoots that dog"
+
+Just then a brown flash appeared from the garden wall, and Tam
+was after it at a bound, barking like mad. "It's the rabbit, and
+he's got him--he's got him!" murmured Jock, bouncing up and down
+with excitement with Alan still clinging to his coat. "Good old
+dog! good old Tam!" He was watching the dog so intently that he
+did not see Angus take careful aim, but the moment Tam reached
+the rabbit, seized it in his teeth, and shook it, a shot rang
+out; and the dog, with a howl of pain, dropped the rabbit and ran
+yelping toward the house on three legs, holding the fourth one in
+the air.
+
+Angus immediately ran out from his hiding-place, leaped the
+brook, and, dashing up the slope toward the house, picked up the
+dead rabbit and ran with it back into the woods. The children
+watched him as he fled, and, the moment he was out of sight, they
+burst from the shelter of the woods and tore up the hillside to
+the little gray house.
+
+They found Tam sitting on the door-step licking his paw and
+howling. He was instantly surrounded by four amateur doctors all
+anxious to relieve his pain. Jock ran for water to wash his leg,
+the flesh of which had been cruelly torn open by the bullet. Jean
+ransacked the kist for bandages, and Alan held up the injured paw
+and tried to see if any bones were broken, while Sandy helplessly
+stroked Tam's tail, murmuring, "Good dog! good old Tam!" as he
+did so. By dint of their combined efforts the wound was cleansed
+and carefully bound with a rag, and by the time the Shepherd got
+home, Tam was lying on the hearth beside the fire, with Alan on
+his knees before him feeding him broth from a pan.
+
+The Shepherd listened with a darkening brow to the story of Tam's
+injury. He had heard an account of the stag the day before, so
+the new revelation of Angus's character did not surprise him, but
+when Alan rose from his knees and said, "To-morrow the Rob Roy
+Clan will begin to make Angus Niel wish he'd never been born,"
+Robin Campbell's comment was, "Give him rope enough and he'll
+hang himself, laddie," and Alan, his black eyes flashing with
+understanding, answered, "We'll see to it that he gets the rope."
+
+
+
+X. ON THE TRAIL
+
+Alan and Sandy left the little gray house in the late afternoon
+and walked together down the river road toward the village. At
+the bridge which spanned the stream they parted company, and Alan
+gave Sandy final instructions as to his duties on the next day.
+He was to watch Angus Niel's house, which lay some distance north
+of the village, and see what direction he took as he started upon
+his daily tour in the forests.
+
+The estate of Glencairn covered a territory so large that Angus
+could not by any possibility make his rounds in one day or even
+in one week. The Clan knew well where he had spent his time for
+the two preceding days, and they thought he would be likely to
+start in a different direction on the morrow. They did not dare
+count upon his doing so, however, and so Sandy was detailed to
+give a positive report as to his movements. The next morning,
+therefore, found Sandy sitting on a stone dyke not a great way
+from Angus's house, apparently absorbed in whittling and
+whistling, but in reality keeping a sharp lookout for any sign of
+life in the Niel household. He had not long to wait before he saw
+Angus leave the house and wander away into the forest with his
+gun on his shoulder. As they had surmised, he took a direction
+entirely different from his route of the two days before.
+
+Sandy waited until he was out of sight, and then hurried back to
+the bridge, where he met Alan by appointment, and the two walked
+briskly on to the little gray house together. When they reached
+it, the wag-at-the-wall clock was just striking nine, and Jean,
+her morning work done, was "caning" the hearth with blue chalk as
+a final touch of elegance to her clean kitchen.
+
+"Come on," said Alan. "I've a plan in my head, and we'll have to
+start directly if we're going to carry it out. Let me have some
+of that blue chalk, Jean; we may need it. I've got plenty of food
+with me, so don't wait to put up anything."
+
+"I'm with you," said Jean, giving a final flourish with the blue
+chalk before she clapped on her bonnet, and in another minute the
+Rob Roy Clan was afoot, leaving Tam nursing his wounded paw on
+the doorstep and gazing after them with pathetic eyes.
+
+They left their luncheon in the cave and hurried on at Alan's
+command to the little mountain tarn where Angus had killed the
+stag, and there the Clan gathered about him to hear his plan.
+
+"I've been thinking about this," Alan began, "and I'm sure of two
+things. Angus must have a place where he puts the game he kills,
+and he must have somebody to help him. The other man comes along
+and carries it down the mountain to some point where he can ship
+it to the city. I say, let's find out where that hiding-place
+is."
+
+"What will we do with it when we find it?" asked Jean.
+
+"That's where the blue chalk comes in," said Alan. "We'll let him
+know we've been there!"
+
+"You'll never be writing your name there?" asked Sandy anxiously.
+"He'd be shooting us next!"
+
+"Oh! Sandy, you're a daft body," said Jean, and Jock added: "Mind
+the Chief, you dunderhead, and keep your tongue behind your
+teeth. He's none so addled as you think!"
+
+Sandy subsided a little sulkily, and Alan went on.
+
+"When Angus crossed the lake with the stag he landed right over
+there by that dead pine tree, for I watched him to see, and the
+place where he hid the stag can't be far from there, because he
+came back so soon. We'll just take his boat and see if we can't
+find it."
+
+"Oh!" gasped Jean, who had never been in a boat in her life, "do
+you know how to make it go?"
+
+"I can row and I can swim," said Alan, "but I tell you if any one
+goes bouncing around in the boat, it will be just as bad as being
+bewitched by the water cow, you'll go to the bottom!"
+
+"I can row, too," said Sandy.
+
+Jean wished she hadn't come, but she was bound she would not show
+it before the boys, so she said, "Sal! who's afraid?" and when
+they found the boat, she was the first one in it.
+
+Angus was so sure that no one would find his boat, which was
+carefully screened by the bushes, that he had not even hidden the
+oars. So it was soon afloat with Jock at the tiller, Sandy on the
+bottom, Jean in the prow holding to the sides of the boat,
+scarcely daring to speak for fear of upsetting it, and Alan at
+the oars. The lake was smooth, and they reached the opposite
+shore without mishap, except that twice Alan "caught a crab" and
+splashed water all over Jock, and Sandy filled both shoes as he
+jumped out of the boat. They pulled it up under the shelter of
+the dead pine, anchored it by a stone, and cautiously made their
+way into the woods.
+
+They were now in a very wild section of the mountains, where it
+seemed as if no one had ever been since the beginning of the
+world.
+
+"Just hear the stillness," whispered Jean, keeping close to Jock.
+There was a sort of trail leading back into the woods, which
+looked as if it might have been made by wild animals going to the
+lake for a drink. This they followed for some distance until it
+became indistinct, and then Alan called the Clan together for
+counsel.
+
+"We'll go just a little farther," he said, "and then, if we don't
+see any sign of the place, it may be best to go back, for it is
+easy to get lost in these woods. We are going east now and
+luckily the sun is shining. When we do turn back, we must keep
+the sun behind us and we can't help coming out somewhere on the
+lake. Remember the pewit call if we lose sight of each other."
+
+They resumed their stealthy walk through the woods, and a few
+rods farther on came to a wide open space which sloped eastward
+for some distance down the mountain-side. Here they paused.
+
+"We're getting a good way from the boat," said Jean.
+
+"Yes," said Alan, "and I am just wondering whether we'd better go any
+farther. We don't want to cross this open space, and I see no sign of
+Angus's storehouse. I hate to give up, though, for we must be very
+near it." He searched in every direction with his eyes, and suddenly
+exclaimed under his breath, "Look there!"
+
+"Where?" breathed the Clan, rigid with excitement.
+
+"Do you see that pile of rocks?" said Alan, pointing into the
+woods beyond the clearing.
+
+"Yes," said Jock, "but there are rocks all around. I don't see
+that they're any different from others."
+
+"Maybe not," said Alan, "but I see something that looks like the
+corner of a hunter's shelter sticking out behind that big
+boulder, and I say, let's skirt around this open place and see."
+
+"Do you want us all to go?" asked Sandy, hoping the Chief would
+say no.
+
+"You stay here," Alan answered, to his great relief, "and Jean,
+you come a little farther with us. Then you and Sandy can keep
+out of sight and watch. If you see a man, keep still in your
+places and give the pewit call. Jock and I will go on around the
+clearing and get a better look at those rocks."
+
+Sandy crouched down in the bracken, and two or three hundred feet
+farther on Jean stopped also, while Alan and Jock cautiously
+crept on toward their goal, and, by making a wide detour,
+approached the rocks from the north instead of the west. As they
+neared them, it was plain that Alan was right. There really was a
+shelter built against an overhanging rock and almost concealed
+from view by pine boughs which formed a screen before it. Little
+by little the boys crept nearer and nearer, stopping every few
+steps to be sure there was no sign of life about the place. At
+last they were within a few feet of the rude camp. The shelter
+was scarcely more than a hole under the rocks, but there was a
+blackened spot where there had been a fire, a few pans were
+standing about, and in one corner a pile of evergreen boughs was
+covered with well-cured deer-skins. A fresh hide ready to cure
+was spread out on the rocks near by.
+
+"This is the place," whispered Jock. "There is the skin of the
+stag. Now what are you going to do?" For answer Alan slipped from
+behind the rocks, crept stealthily into the camp, and on the
+underside of the rock wrote in big letters with blue chalk
+
+ ANGUS NIEL
+ POACHER
+ Your sin has found you out!
+ R. R. C.
+
+Then he crawled swiftly back out of sight and, followed by Jock,
+made his way as fast as he could toward Jean's hiding-place. To
+Jean the time that they were gone seemed hours long. The place
+was lonely, and she was afraid, not only of their finding the man
+at home in his wild lodge, but even of brownies and elves.
+
+A rabbit stuck his ears up over a nearby log and scuttled away
+when he saw her. The leaves made a lonely sound as they rustled
+over her head, and when at last she saw a black object moving
+about among the trees at some distance beyond the rock-pile, it
+is not surprising that she immediately gave the pewit call, loud
+and clear.
+
+The boys heard it and instantly vanished behind some bushes. The
+dark object moving among the trees seemed to hear it too and,
+springing forward, came bounding toward the rocks, barking as it
+came. Jean was not much less anxious when she knew for certain
+that it was a dog, for a watch dog in that lonely place might be
+quite as dangerous as a wolf. Moreover, she soon saw, a little
+distance behind the dog, a man with a gun on his shoulder. She
+saw the dog reach the camp and go sniffing about on the rocks,
+and her heart almost stood still as it gave a deep howl and
+started away as if it scented game.
+
+"He's on the trail of Alan and Jock," thought Jean, wringing her
+hands. "Oh, what shall I do? The man will surely follow, for
+he'll think the dog is after game." She sprang to her feet and
+ran back to Sandy.
+
+"Come quick," she said in a low voice. "The dog smells them; we
+must get into the boat and have it ready for the boys to jump
+into. There is not a moment to lose." She sped past him as she
+spoke, and Sandy came galloping after.
+
+Alan and Jock, who had seen and heard all that Jean had, were now
+tearing at top speed through the woods and knew from answering
+whistles that Jean and Sandy were on the way to the boat.
+
+The man had by this time reached the camp and was staring at the
+blue chalk-marks on the rock, as if unable to believe his own
+eyes. He did not stop there long. He saw at once that an enemy
+had found his hiding-place, and that the dog was on his trail.
+Leaping down the rocks, he started across the clearing on a run
+toward the lake, his gun in his hand. Jock and Alan realized that
+they could hardly reach the landing-place before the dog did, so
+they changed their course and veered a little to the north,
+thinking that in this way they stood more chance of concealment
+and that they could signal the boat and get aboard in a less
+conspicuous place.
+
+By this dodge the dog lost the scent of the boys and, nosing the
+ground, found the trail of Sandy and Jean. Baying frightfully he
+came bounding through the underbrush and arrived at the landing
+just in time to see Sandy push the boat from the shore with Jean
+in the bow. Furious at being cheated of his prey, the dog ran
+back and forth on the shore, making mad leaps in the direction of
+the boat and barking as if possessed.
+
+"Oh, where are the boys?" cried the distracted Jean. They
+lingered in an agony of suspense, not daring to leave until they
+saw that Jock and Alan were safe, and then from a little distance
+up the shore came the pewit call. Sandy rose to the emergency
+and, pulling frantically at the oars, succeeded in reaching the
+point from which the call seemed to come. The scared faces of
+Jock and Alan rose from the bracken, and in another moment they
+had leaped into the boat, nearly upsetting it as they did so.
+Alan seized an oar, and he and Sandy together got the boat out of
+sight behind a bend in the shore. Here they hid among the bushes
+on the bank until they saw the man appear at the landing-place,
+scan the lake carefully, and then go back into the woods, calling
+the dog to go with him. Even then they were afraid to stir for
+they did not know whether he had gone back to camp or was
+stalking about among the trees searching for them.
+
+They waited for what seemed a week but saw nothing further of the
+man, and when at last they heard the report of a gun and the
+barking of a dog far away down the mountain, they felt safe. He
+was evidently looking in another direction for the intruders, and
+at once Alan gave the word to go back to their own side of the
+lake. They skirted the shores, keeping a sharp lookout all the
+while, and at length reached the landing-place. The weary members
+of the Clan breathed a sigh of relief as they found themselves
+safe on their own ground again, arid their spirits rose.
+
+Jock told what Alan had written on the rock, and Alan was so much
+impressed by that achievement that he took out the blue chalk and
+on a rock by the tarn wrote "Here Angus Niel, gamekeeper
+and poacher, shot a stag"; and on the stone where the boat had
+been, he put the mystic initials "R. R. C."
+
+"There," said Alan, pausing to admire his handiwork, "that'll
+keep him guessing, and scared too."
+
+"What can we do next?"
+
+"Take away his boat," said Jean promptly.
+
+"Good idea!" cried Alan.
+
+"Where can we hide it?" asked Jock.
+
+"I'm mortal hungry," said Sandy. "Couldn't we eat first?"
+
+"No food until this job is done," said the Chief firmly. "We'll
+never have another chance when we know where the other man and
+Angus both are. It's now or never!"
+
+"But where shall we hide it?" demanded Jock again.
+
+"I'll tell you," cried Jean, her eyes dancing with mischief. "We
+can carry it to the burn and float it down to the cave!"
+
+This was a stroke of genius, no less, and every member of the
+Clan looked upon Jean with respect bordering upon awe. At the
+point where the lake emptied into the burn there were loose
+rocks, about which the water rushed in a swift cataract, but,
+below, the current flowed more gently toward the fall. It was
+deep only in spots where the trout loved to hide, but it was not
+a stream anywhere in its course upon which one would launch a
+boat for pleasure. The rocks were so near the surface that the
+weight of even one person might ground it, but afloat and empty
+it might be carried clear to the rocks above the cave. The Clan
+considered the plan carefully, standing upon the rocky banks.
+
+"How would we guide it?" asked Sandy doubtfully.
+
+"There's a rope on the end of the boat," said Jean promptly, "and
+we could push it off with sticks if it got stuck."
+
+"Come on," cried Alan, and the four plotters rushed bask to the
+lake and pulled the boat out of the water. Alan took the prow and
+Jock took the stern, while Sandy and Jean supported it on each
+side, and in this way, after many struggles, they succeeded in
+carrying it to a place below the rapids where they dared launch
+it.
+
+"I'll hold the rope," said Alan, "and you, Sandy, take an oar and
+go down the other side of the stream, so you can push it off if
+it gets stuck on that side."
+
+"How'll I get across?" asked Sandy.
+
+This was a poser at first, but Alan found a way.
+
+"Get into the boat," he said, "and we'll push it across where
+there aren't any stones sticking up. You can pole it across with
+your oar, and I'll keep hold of the rope."
+
+Sandy jumped in at once, and the boat, in spite of some swirling,
+was finally near enough to the opposite bank so he could jump
+out. This he did, taking the oar with him. It was an exciting
+journey down stream, for the boat bumped against rocks and caught
+on fallen trees, and it was a good hour before the children,
+tired out but triumphant, finally dragged it out of the water
+just above the falls.
+
+"If we had our rope, we could drag it to the edge of the cliff
+and let it down in front of the cave," cried Jean in another
+flash of inspiration, and Sandy instantly rushed down the rock,
+made the necessary detour, and climbed the secret stair to the
+cave. He then whistled, and three heads appeared over the top of
+the cliff.
+
+"I'll throw up the rope and when you let the boat down, I'll
+steady it," said Sandy.
+
+"Heave away," cried Alan, and after a few trials the rope came
+flying up on the cliff and was soon looped around the boat. Then
+the three braced their feet against the rocks and slowly lowered
+the boat by the rope fastened to the prow, and by their own rope,
+while Sandy steadied it below. They threw down the rope-end after
+it, and a few moments. later the rapturous Clan hauled the boat
+into the cave! They sat in it to eat their luncheon and were so
+lost in admiration of their enterprise and their booty that they
+did not start home until the level rays of the sun warned them
+that it was late.
+
+
+
+XI. ANGUS NIEL AND THE CANNY CLAN
+
+The days that followed were days of stirring adventure to the Rob
+Roy Clan, and days of continuous and surprising misery to Angus
+Niel. Never in his history as gamekeeper. of Glen Cairn had he
+had such experiences. The very trees in the woods seemed to be
+bewitched. Wherever he went he was followed by some mysterious
+power that seemed to know his every movement. If he killed any
+game, the fact was advertised and the place marked by signs in
+blue chalk. Not only that, but the very path of his approach to
+the spot was marked by pointing arrows and some such legend as
+"This way to the glen where Angus Niel killed a deer" would
+decorate a neighboring rock. On other rocks appeared pertinent
+questions addressed to him. "How much did you get for the stag?"
+was one of them, and there were also queries as to where he found
+the best market for game. He was kept so busy searching the
+forest for these incriminating signs and rubbing them out, that
+he could not follow his regular rounds. Even this did not avail,
+for if he erased them on one day, it was but a matter of time
+before the letters appeared again as fresh and blue as ever. Nor
+was this all. He was haunted by a wailing voice which reached him
+even in the remote fastnesses of the forest. He was sure to hear
+it if he ventured into the neighborhood of the waterfall, and he
+usually avoided that region as if it harbored a pestilence.
+
+Once late in the afternoon he shot two hares and hid them under
+some rocks, intending to carry them across the lake in the
+morning, but when he went for them, they had disappeared
+altogether, and above the place where they had been was written
+in blue chalk, "Sacred to the memory of two hares, killed and
+hidden here by Angus Niel on June 12th."
+
+When he saw this epitaph, Angus's hair really stood on end with
+fright, and on the day he found that the boat was gone, leaving
+no trace, he became absolutely terror-stricken. He sought for it
+behind every rock and in every likely nook about the lake,
+consuming days in the quest, and was appalled on his next trip
+thither to find all the incidents of his search faithfully
+recorded on the rocks, each one signed with the mystic initials
+R. R. C.
+
+It took ingenuity, persistence, and some degree of danger on the
+part of the clan to accomplish these things, but one could depend
+upon finding these qualities in any Campbell or McGregor, and
+Sandy, having been made a blood brother, faithfully lived up to
+the duties it entailed. He became an expert detective and sleuth-
+hound, discovering and reporting Angus's movements each day to
+the enterprising Clan and its resourceful Chief.
+
+At Alan's suggestion, the Clan took for its motto "We must be
+canny," and canny they certainly were. They even changed their
+programme from day to day, and in this way just when Angus felt
+he was about to discover his tormentors and know if they were
+human and not witches, they found some new method of annoyance
+and he was all at sea again.
+
+Once they gave him a respite of nearly a week and Angus, having
+erased many signs and finding no new ones, was beginning to think
+his troubles were over, when suddenly arrows bearing bits of
+paper inviting him to visit the fall would suddenly drop at his
+feet. It had taken the Clan nearly all their spare time for the
+week to make the bows and arrows, by which this wonder was
+accomplished. Meanwhile they had lived like lords, feasting upon
+trout and the generous store of provisions with which Alan
+continued to supply the cave. They even began to see how it was
+possible for Rob Roy and his men to live upon forest fare, for
+the pool below the fall was a wonderful fishing-hole, and small
+game was plentiful if they had cared to become poachers
+themselves.
+
+On one red-letter day, they roasted the two hares which Angus had
+killed, and cooked potatoes in the ashes. Each day was filled
+with fresh adventures, and the wild out-door life agreed with
+Alan so well that his thin cheeks began to fill out and glow with
+healthy color and it was not long before he looked as sturdy and
+strong as Jock himself.
+
+It was curious that what Alan gained in flesh and spirits, Angus
+Niel at the same time seemed to lose. He was so worried by these
+strange visitations that his round eyes took on a haunted
+expression, and Sandy observed that he kept looking over his
+shoulder as if he thought some one were following him, even when
+he walked the village streets.
+
+He dared not stay away from the forest lest others should
+discover the dreadful blue signs before he did, and at the same
+time he was afraid to go in. He swung like a pendulum between
+these two difficulties and grew daily more nervous and unhappy.
+By the end of June he had lost ten pounds of flesh as well as the
+money he might have made out of poaching and selling the game. By
+the middle of July he was so haggard that people began to remark
+on his appearance. There seemed no way out of his troubles but to
+lie about them, and soon wild stories were circulated through the
+village about the haunted forest and its dangers.
+
+Women were warned not to let the children stray into the woods
+lest they be carried away by witches or water cows, and it was
+also reported that a gang of poachers of a particularly blood-
+thirsty character infested the region, carrying off game and
+property and leaving no trace. Angus had been watching this band
+of desperadoes for some time, he said, and knew there were at
+least twenty of them who would stop at nothing.
+
+With Angus's tale of the mysterious loss of his boat, the
+excitement reached a climax, and there was talk of organizing an
+armed band of men from the village to protect the woods and rid
+the neighborhood of the bandits. The people were surprised that
+Angus himself should oppose this plan, but as he was gamekeeper
+and in authority, the matter was dropped. To Angus's horror,
+however, these rumors and events were all faithfully recorded on
+rocks not far from his own home soon after, and he realized that
+to the very doors of his own house he was pursued by the same
+mysterious and vigilant power. It was then that he lost his
+appetite, and if the Clan could have followed him into his home
+and seen him look under his bed before he got into it at night,
+their joy would have been full.
+
+The wild stories he told had the effect of keeping every one else
+out of the forest and made the Clan more than ever free to stalk
+their prey without fear of discovery. In this occupation several
+exciting weeks passed by, and then there came an unhappy surprise
+to the Clan, and it was not Angus Niel who sprang it upon them
+either.
+
+One morning in late July, Alan came up the road toward the little
+gray house, where he was now so much at home, looking very glum
+indeed. Sandy was with him, wearing a face as solemn as a funeral
+procession. Jock and Jean saw them coming and hailed them with a
+shout, and Tam, who had not quite recovered from his injury, came
+dashing down the brae on three legs to greet them. Even Tam's
+joyful bark did not lift the shadow from their faces.
+
+Jean cried out from the top of the brae, "Whatever can be the
+matter with you? You're looking as miserable as two hens in a
+rainstorm!"
+
+"Trouble enough," answered Sandy, and Jean and Jock at once came
+hurrying down the slope to hear the bad news. They met at the
+river-side, and Sandy, who was bursting to tell it, cried out,
+"What do you think? Alan's got to go home! His mother's sent for
+him!" One look at Alan's melancholy face confirmed this dreadful
+statement and the gloom instantly became general.
+
+The Clan sat down on the ground in a depressed circle to discuss
+the matter and its bearing on their plans.
+
+"Don't you think your mother would let you stay if you should ask
+her?" suggested Jock.
+
+"No," said Alan, with sad conviction. "She said I was to come at
+once, and I'll have to start this very afternoon. I'm to drive
+down to the boat and get to Glasgow by water; I'll spend the
+night there and go on to London in the morning."
+
+"Sal, but you'll be seeing a lot of the world," said Jock. "I
+wish I were going with you."
+
+"I wish you all were," said Alan.
+
+"We'll likely be having more traveling than we want," said Jean,
+"when we have to give up the wee bit hoosie and go out and walk
+the world." She looked up at the little gray house as she spoke,
+and her eyes filled with tears.
+
+"It's the end of the Clan; that's what it is," said Sandy with
+deepening despondency.
+
+"Oh, come now!" said Alan. "It's not so bad as all that, and I'm
+surely coming back next summer. I know my mother'll let me, for
+she'll see how much good it's done me to be here. Just look at
+that," he added, baring his arm and knotting his biceps.
+"Climbing around the cave and chasing after Angus Niel have made
+me as tough as a knot. She won't know me when she sees me."
+
+"I wonder if we shall know you the next time we see you, if we
+ever do," said Jean.
+
+"Ho!" said Alan, trying to smile gayly, "of course you will! I'll
+have a sprig of the evergreen pine and give the pewit call, and
+then you'll be sure."
+
+"What good will your coming back next summer do us?" said Jock.
+"We shan't be here to see you! Our leases run out in October, and
+nobody knows where we'll go after that! We've got to move out, so
+the Auld Laird can have more space to raise game for Angus Niel
+to kill," he finished bitterly.
+
+There seemed no way of brightening this sad prospect, and the
+Clan sat for a few moments in mournful silence. Alan tried hard
+to think of something comforting to say.
+
+"I'll tell you what," he exclaimed at length. "We can still be a
+Clan, whether we see each other or not. We'll remember we're all
+blood brothers just the same."
+
+"And that you are our Chief," added Jean, trying to look
+cheerful.
+
+"Can't we go back to the cave just once more?" said Sandy.
+
+"I've got to be at the bridge at one o'clock," said Alan. "I've
+said good-bye to Eppie, and she is packing my things, and putting
+up a lunch, so I don't have to do anything but step into the
+carriage when I get there. What time is it now?"
+
+Jean flew up the slope to the house and called back from the
+door, "It's ten o'clock."
+
+"Come on, then, my merry men!" cried Alan, and the four started
+off at a brisk trot, looking anything but merry as they went.
+
+"We shan't want to come here any more," said Jock, when they
+reached the cave. "So we may as well take everything away."
+
+"Oh," said Alan, "something might happen to keep you in the
+Glen Easig. You never can tell. You'd better take back the pots
+and pans, but leave the wood, and then if we are here next
+summer, it will be all ready for cooking a jolly old mess of
+trout."
+
+"Whatever shall we do with the boat?" asked Jean. This was a
+conundrum, but the Chief, as usual, was equal to the occasion.
+
+"There's only one thing we can do," he said. "It will just dry up
+and fall to pieces up here; we'll let it down over the rock by
+the ropes and. leave it in the pool. Then when Angus finds it,
+he'll be perfectly sure he was bewitched and be more afraid of
+the falls than ever!"
+
+They worked hurriedly, for the time was short, and in another
+hour the boat was floating in the fishing-pool, securely tied to
+a pine tree on the bank. They packed pots and pans in the basket
+and lowered it over the rock by the rope, and when everything was
+done, Alan took the blue chalk and drew a sprig of pine on the
+wall of the cave with the initials R. R. C. beside it. The four
+children then scrambled down the secret stairway, feeling as if
+they had said good-bye forever to a dear friend. When they
+reached the little gray house, they left the basket in the
+kitchen, and the entire Clan walked with Alan back to the bridge,
+where they found the carriage waiting.
+
+Alan made short work of his good-byes. He shook hands all round
+and sprang quickly into the carriage, and as it rattled away with
+him down the road, he stood up, waving his bonnet with the spray
+of evergreen pine in it and whistling the pewit call.
+
+"Dagon't," said Sandy, when the carriage passed out of sight
+around a bend in the road. "Dagon't, we'll never find another
+like the Chief." If Jean and Jock had felt able to say anything,
+they would have echoed the statement. As it was, Sandy drew his
+kilmarnock bonnet over his eyes, thrust his hands into his
+pockets, and started dejectedly toward his own house, leaving
+Jean and Jock, equally miserable, to return alone to the wee bit
+hoosie on the brae.
+
+
+
+XII. NEWS
+
+The rest of the week seemed at least a month long to the lonely
+twins. Sandy came to see them, to be sure, but with the passing
+of the Chief, the flavor seemed gone from the play, and the Clan
+made no further expeditions after Angus Niel.
+
+"He can just kill all the game he wants to," said Jean. "It's
+the worse for the Auld Laird, I doubt, but who cares for that, so
+long as he leaves Tam alone and keeps away from here? It's
+nothing to me."
+
+Their father had been so taken up with his work and with turning
+over in his mind plans for the future, when they should be
+"walking the world," that he paid little attention to their
+punishment of Angus Niel, about which he knew little and cared
+less. He was absorbed in planning the best mar ket for his sheep
+and in getting as much from his garden as he could, hoping to
+sell what he was unable to use himself, when the time came to
+leave. His usually cheerful face had grown more and more troubled
+as the summer wore on, and it was seldom now that his bagpipes
+woke the mountain echoes, and whenever he did while away a rainy
+evening with music, the melodies were as wild and mournful as his
+own sad thoughts.
+
+Angus Niel's barometer now rose again. Finding himself no longer
+pursued by his unseen foes, his waning self-confidence returned,
+and it was only a week or two after Alan's departure that
+wonderful stories began to go about the village concerning his
+prowess in ridding the woods of thieves and marauders single-
+handed.
+
+"I've even found my boat," he announced one evening to a group of
+men lounging about the village store, "and it was no human hands
+that put it where I found it either! It was below the falls, if
+you'll believe me, safe and sound and tight as ever. Any man that
+is easily scared would better not be walking the woods in that
+direction, I'm telling you, or likely he'd be whisked away by the
+little people and shut up in some cave in the hills. I felt the
+drawing myself once, but I knew how to manage. I was just gey
+firm with them, and they knew I wasna fearful and let me go. It's
+none so easy being a gamekeeper. It takes a bold man, and a canny
+one, and well the poacher gang knew that. They're gone and good
+riddance. It's taken me all summer to bring it about."
+
+"Oh," murmured Jock to Jean, when this was repeated to them by
+Sandy the following Sabbath, "wouldn't Alan like to hear that?"
+It was on that very Sabbath, too, that they learned the Dominie
+had recovered and that school was to reopen on the following day.
+This was good news to the Twins, for like all Scotch children
+they longed for an education, and the next morning, bright and
+early, they were on the road to the village, carrying some scones
+and hard-boiled eggs for their luncheon, in a little tin pail.
+
+The days passed swiftly after that, for, with the house to care
+for, lessons to get, and the walk of five miles to school and
+back, there was little time for moping or even dreading the day
+when they must leave their highland home.
+
+It was late August when they came rushing home one afternoon,
+bursting with a great piece of news, which they had learned in
+the village. Never had they covered the five miles of the
+homeward journey more quickly, but when they reached the little
+gray house, their father had not yet returned from the pastures,
+though it was after his time. The two children ran back of the
+house to the cow byre, and there in the distance they saw him
+coming across the barren moor. He was walking slowly, with his
+head bent as though he were tired and discouraged, and Tam,
+limping along beside him, looked discouraged too. The Twins gave
+a wild whoop and raced across the moor to meet them. Jock got
+there first, but was too out of breath to speak for an instant.
+
+"Dear, dear! What can the matter be?" said their father, looking
+from one excited face to the other.
+
+"Oh, Father," gasped Jean, finding her tongue first, "you never
+can guess, so I'll tell you. The Auld Laird's dead."
+
+The Shepherd stood still in his tracks, too stunned for words.
+
+"Aye!" cried Jock, wishing to share in the glory of such an
+exciting revelation. "He's as dead as a salt herring."
+
+"Oh, Father!" cried Jean, "aren't you glad? Now we won't have to
+leave the wee bit hoosie and the Glen."
+
+"I'm none so sure of that," said the Shepherd slowly, when he had
+recovered from the first shock of surprise. "The new Laird may be
+worse than the old. Be that as it may, I'm not one to rejoice at
+the death of any man. Death is a solemn thing, my dawtie, but the
+Lord's will be done, and I'm not pretending to mourn."
+
+"We went to the village," cried Jean, "to get a bit of meat for
+the pot, and there was a whole crowd of people around the post-
+office door. 'T was the post-master gave us the news, and Mr.
+Craigie and Angus Niel have put weeds on their hats and look as
+mournful as Tam when he's scolded. We saw them out of the school-
+house window not two hours gone."
+
+"They have reason to mourn," said the Shepherd grimly, "not for
+the Auld Laird's death only, but for their own lives as well.
+Aye, that's a subject for grief." He shook his head dubiously,
+and, seeming to feel it was an occasion for a moral lesson, he
+added, "'Mark the perfect man and behold the upright, for the end
+of that man is peace.'"
+
+"What has that to do with the Auld Laird?" asked Jock, much
+mystified.
+
+"Nothing at all, maybe," answered the Shepherd, "but it's a wise
+word to remember against our own time."
+
+"I wish Angus Niel would remember it," exclaimed Jean.
+
+"And Mr. Craigie no less," added Jock.
+
+"Well, well," said the Shepherd, "heard ye anything more in the
+village?"
+
+"Aye, that we did," said Jean, who loved to prolong the
+excitement of news.
+
+"Let me tell that," said Jock. "You told about the Auld Laird.
+Well, then, Father, there's all kinds of tales about the new
+Laird. It's said he's a wee bit of a laddie, not more than four
+years old, and not the son of the Auld Laird at all, but a cousin
+or something. It's said he's weak and sickly-like and not long
+for this world."
+
+"Sandy's mother was in the village and walked with us to the
+bridge," interrupted Jean, "and she heard that the heir is a
+young man living in Edinburgh, and not even known to the Auld
+Laird, who had no near kin. She had it from the minister's wife,
+so it must be true."
+
+"Didn't Mr. Craigie say anything? He ought to know more about it
+than any one. He's the Auld Laird's factor to carry out his will
+while he was living. It's likely he'd know more than any other
+about his will, now he's dead," said the Shepherd.
+
+"Mrs. Crumpet says he goes about with his mouth shut up as tight
+as an egg, as though he knew a great deal more than other folk,
+being so intimate-like with the Laird," said Jean.
+
+"Aye!" added Jock, "but she said she believed there was a muckle
+he did not know at all, and he was keeping his mouth shut to make
+folks think he knew but wasna telling."
+
+Jean now took up the tale. "Mrs. Crumpet had all the news in
+town," she said, "and she told us that Angus Niel said he hoped
+the new Laird was fond of the hunting and would appreciate his
+work in preserving the game and driving poachers from the forests
+of Glen Cairn. He said he had done the work of ten men, and it
+was well that people should know it and be able to tell the new
+Laird, when he comes into his own!"
+
+Even the Shepherd couldn't help smiling at that, and as for Jean
+and Jock, they shouted with laughter. In spite of themselves, the
+children and their father felt such relief from anxiety that they
+walked back to the little gray house with lighter hearts than
+they had felt for some time. Whoever the new Laird might be, it
+would take time to settle the estate and find out the will of its
+new owner, and meanwhile they could live on in their old home.
+Beyond that, they could even hope that they might not have to go
+at all.
+
+That night Jean cooked the first of their early potatoes from the
+garden for supper and a bit of ham to eat with them, by way of
+celebrating their reprieve, and after supper the Shepherd got out
+his bagpipes and played "The Blue Bells of Scotland" until the
+rafters rang again. Jean stepped busily about the kitchen in tune
+to the music, humming the words to herself.
+
+ "Oh where, tell me where is your Highland laddie gone?
+ He's gone with streaming banners where noble deeds are done,
+ And it's oh! in my heart, I wish him safe at home."
+
+And she thought of Alan as she sang. Afterward, when Jock and
+Jean were safely stowed away for the night, the Shepherd went
+over and brought from the table in the room his well-worn copy of
+Robert Burns's "Poems," and the last view Jean had of him before
+she went to sleep, he was reading "The Cotter's Saturday Night"
+aloud to himself by the light of a flickering candle.
+
+
+
+XIII. THE NEW LAIRD
+
+It was Friday when news of the Auld Laird's death reached the
+village, and on the following Sabbath there was not an empty seat
+in the kirk, for every one was anxious to hear the latest gossip
+about the event which meant so much to every one in the region.
+There was no newspaper in the village, and the news of the week
+was passed about by word of mouth in the kirkyard after service,
+or on week days was retailed over the counter at the village post-
+office, which was post-office and general store in one.
+
+The Campbells were early in their pew, and the Twins watched the
+other worshipers as they came slowly up the aisle and took their
+places before time for the service to begin. Sandy winked at them
+most indecorously across the church, but his mother poked him to
+remind him of his duty, and he sent no more silent messages to
+the other members of the Clan.
+
+There was an air of expectation, which seemed to affect every one
+in the kirk. Even the minister looked as if he had something
+special on his mind, and as for Mr. Craigie, he was as solemnly
+important, Sandy said afterwards, "as though he were the corpse
+himself," while Angus Niel acted like nothing less than the chief
+mourner.
+
+In the kirkyard he let it be known that he was entirely familiar
+with the details of the Auld Laird's funeral, which had occurred
+in London the day before, though how the particulars reached him
+in so short a time must forever remain a mystery.
+
+It was Mr. Craigie, however, who gave out the important news
+which every one had felt must becoming. On the steps after
+service he said to Mr. Crumpet, "It's likely, Andrew, that you
+may have more time about your lease. I've had news that the new
+Laird is coming soon to the castle with his lawyers and some
+other people to look over the estate and take possession. Eppie
+McLean is to get ready for quite a party of the gentry."
+
+Mrs. Crumpet was standing near her husband, and she was a bold
+woman who would have asked a question of the Auld Laird himself,
+if she had had occasion. "Then it's the sickly bit laddie who's
+the heir?" she said, "and not the Edinburgh man?"
+
+Mr. Craigie looked majestic and waved her aside, merely saying,
+as he went down the steps, "It isna an Edinburgh body," but
+giving no hint as to whether it was man, woman, or child. The
+people who had gathered about him thinking to hear something
+definite looked resentfully at his back as he walked away, and
+Mrs. Crumpet openly expressed her opinion that he knew nothing
+more about it himself. "If he did, he couldn't help letting it
+dribble out by degrees, like a leaky kirn, being too stingy to
+tell it out free, like any other body," she said.
+
+Mrs. Crumpet was a woman of rare penetration. Even Sandy didn't
+often get ahead of his mother.
+
+For another week the village waited in suspense for further news,
+and then on Saturday the report spread like wildfire through the
+town that the new Laird with his party had arrived at the castle
+the night before.
+
+It was Sandy who brought the news to the little gray house. "And
+they say there were three carriage-loads of them and they never
+got to Glen Cairn until dark," he cried; "and the tale is that
+the castle ovens have never been cool since the word came a week
+ago! Mother says Eppie McLean has been laying in provisions as if
+she looked for seven lean years like Joseph in Egypt."
+
+"Losh!" interrupted Jock, "I wish Alan was here. Wouldn't we get
+some of those good things for the cave, though."
+
+"But that isn't all the news," cried Sandy, who had come three
+miles to tell it and was not going to let it burst from him too
+suddenly. "There's more."
+
+"What is it, Sandy?" cried Jean, dancing with impatience. "Hurry,
+lad; let out what's bottled up in you or you'll blow the cork!"
+
+"Well," exploded Sandy, "you'll get some of the good things
+without Alan, I'm telling you, for there's to be a grand feast at
+the castle, and everybody is asked to come! There's a sign up in
+the village, and it's to be Monday at five o'clock. They say
+Eppie McLean has fowls waiting by the dozen and a barrel of
+tatties ready for the pot. Losh! I don't see how the new Laird
+can stay weakly with so much to fill him up."
+
+"Sal!" cried Jean, "if he's such a wee laddie as they say, it's
+likely his mother will be the one to say what's to be done in
+Glen Cairn, and it's not likely she'll be wanting to go rampaging
+over the country shooting game like the Auld Laird."
+
+"Ye can never tell," said Sandy, with a worldly air. "Some say
+ladies is worse than men."
+
+"Never believe that," said Jean, promptly, and then she added a
+little wistfully, "especially if they are mothers."
+
+At church the next day the congregation was in such a state of
+excitement it was with the greatest difficulty that the proper
+Sabbath decorum was observed. Sandy Crumpet brazenly looked over
+his shoulder every time any one passed up the aisle, thinking
+that perhaps the new Laird and his mother might come in at any
+moment, and even the grown people looked sidewise, but no new
+faces appeared and fear was expressed afterwards that the mother
+of the heir was of the Established Church. Mrs. Crumpet said she
+had always heard that among the gentry the women were fiercer in
+their religion than the men. The Shepherd remembered the Laird of
+Kinross, but said nothing.
+
+On the way home from church Jean and Jock noticed that smoke was
+issuing from all the castle chimneys. It was now early autumn,
+and, as Jean said, the castle must be damp from, standing so long
+empty, and they had the right to warm it up for the wee Laird,
+him being so sickly.
+
+The suspense of the long weeks of summer had now become acute. If
+the Auld Laird's wish to turn the tenants out of their holdings
+to make Glen Cairn into a large game preserve was to be carried
+out, the time for doing it was near, and the people looked
+forward to the supper at the castle with both hope and dread.
+
+Every one was to be there, and on Monday a wonderful amount of
+preparation was going forward in every cottage and farmhouse on
+the estate. Jean had her father's blacks on the line and
+thoroughly brushed early in the morning, and the Sabbath clothes
+for all three of them laid out on the chairs in "the room" by
+noon. At four o'clock they were on their way to the castle. Jock
+had wanted to start at three, but Jean was firm.
+
+"It isna genteel to be going so early," she said. "T'will look
+greedy, and you'll not get fed the sooner."
+
+Any one would have said Jean looked pretty that day, for she was
+not wearing her "Saturday face," and the little curls had crept
+around her head unbeknownst and were blowing in bright tendrils
+about her forehead under the edge of her bonnet with its sprig of
+pine. Her cheeks were pink and her eyes bright with health and
+excitement, and Robert Campbell, looking with pride at his sturdy
+son and daughter, said to himself, "It's a sonsie lassie and braw
+lad. I wish their mother could see them."
+
+They walked down the river road, where the autumn colors were
+beginning to appear, and at the bridge met the Crumpet family all
+dressed in their best, also on their way to the castle. Sandy had
+scrubbed himself till his face was shining like a glass bottle,
+and the sprig of pine waved proudly from his bonnet, too. At
+every branch road they were joined by others, and when they
+neared the castle gates there was already quite a large group of
+people from the village as well. Every one was in a state of
+tense excitement, for the fate of all hung in the balance. Since
+the tenure of their homes was at the mercy of the new Laird, his
+ideas and disposition were of vital importance in their lives,
+and they were keen to see him and find out for themselves what
+manner of person he might be. Mr. Crumpet was looking very glum.
+He took a morose view of life at best, and the present
+circumstances certainly warranted apprehension.
+
+"If it's a wee bit of a laddie, as we are led to expect," he said
+to the Shepherd, "he'll have no judgment of his own, and be
+dependent on them as has him in charge. Mr. Craigie will not be
+loosening his hold, and with only a weak woman and a sickly boy
+to deal with, he'll wind 'em around his finger like a wisp o'
+wool. It's my opinion we'll have Mr. Craigie to deal with more
+than ever."
+
+"Well," said Mrs. Crumpet philosophically, "and if we jump at all
+'t will be but from the fire back to the frying-pan again, I'm
+thinking."
+
+Various other opinions were expressed by one and another as the
+tenants of Glen Cairn followed the wide drive which led to the
+castle doors. Most of them had never before been inside the walls
+of the park, and they looked about them with interest at the
+unkempt and overgrown drive and at the bracken and heather
+spreading even over the lawns. It was evident that the place had
+been left to take care of itself for many years.
+
+It was a warm day in late September, and though there was a touch
+of red in the ivy which draped the gray castle walls, the air was
+mellow with the haze of autumn and musical with the buzzing of
+bees.
+
+Mr. Craigie, looking more like a pair of tongs than ever, stood
+on the terrace with the minister and his wife, while Angus Niel,
+swelling with importance, ranged round the outskirts of the crowd
+as they approached the castle, gradually herding them toward the
+entrance. When they were all gathered in front of the terrace,
+the minister came forward to the steps and lifted his hand. A
+hush instantly fell upon the waiting people, and the minister
+spoke.
+
+"Her ladyship has asked me to say to you that she and the new
+Laird will meet you here," he said, "and afterward conduct you to
+the banqueting-hall, where supper will be served. It is their
+desire to know you all personally, and I will be here to present
+you as you come up the steps."
+
+There was a surprised look on every face as the minister finished
+speaking. What manner of landlord could this be, who made a point
+of knowing his tenants as men and women the moment he came to the
+estate? It was a breathless moment when at last the great castle
+doors swung open, revealing a group of people standing in the
+entrance. There was an instant's pause, and then a tall strong-
+looking woman stepped forward upon the terrace, with her hand
+resting lightly on the shoulder of a sturdy black-haired boy
+nearly as tall as herself. The boy was dressed in kilts, with the
+Campbell plaid flung over his shoulder and a spray of evergreen
+pine nodding gayly from his Glengarry bonnet.
+
+"Michty me! It's Alan!" exclaimed Jock, so stunned by surprise
+that his knees nearly gave way under him, while Jean, her eyes
+shining like stars, clutched her father's hand, too stunned to
+realize at first that Alan and the new Laird of Glen Cairn were
+one and the same person. In fact, nobody realized it at once, for
+many of the tenants had come to know and like Alan during the
+summer, simply as "the boy who was staying with Eppie McLean."
+
+They were still gazing at the castle door and wondering why the
+"puny wee laddie, who was not long for this world" did not
+appear, when the gracious lady, who still stood with her hand
+resting proudly on Alan's shoulder, began to speak.
+
+"Many of you already know the new Laird of Glen Cairn as Alan
+McCrae," she said, smiling kindly down into their blank upturned
+faces." He has been among you all summer and has learned to love
+our Highland country without dreaming that he himself would one
+day inherit this beautiful estate. He is next of kin to the Auld
+Laird, though not a near relative, and had no idea that I had any
+purpose beyond the improvement of his health in sending him here
+for the summer. I knew that which he did not, that he was likely
+soon to be called to take the Auld Laird's place here, and I
+wanted him to know you first, not as tenants, but as friends
+merely. He has come to love this region for its own sake, and
+comes among you like a true Scotchman, meaning to make this his
+home and the interests of this community his own interests. He is
+not yet of age, as you see, but his purposes and plans are
+clearly formed, and I will leave him to explain them to you
+himself."
+
+She stopped speaking, and the people, overwhelmed with surprise
+and joy, burst into a hearty and prolonged cheer, as Alan stepped
+forward to make his speech. He was only a boy, and a very much
+embarrassed one at that, but he knew what he wanted to say and he
+got to the point at once.
+
+"I just want you to know," he said, "that nobody's going to be
+turned out if he doesn't want to be. I know all about the lease,
+and that it's going to run out this fall, but any one who wants
+to stay on the land and improve it is going to have the chance to
+do it. My mother knows a lot about such things, and we're going
+to collect the rents ourselves, and we think, maybe, when I'm of
+age, there'll be some way by which people who really want to use
+the land may own it instead of being obliged to rent. Mother says
+they are beginning to do it in Ireland, and in England too in
+some places.
+
+"I've found out that people are more important than rabbits and
+deer, and they are going to have first chance at the land of Glen
+Cairn as long as I'm Laird." This was greeted with such a roar of
+cheers that for a moment it was quite impossible for Alan to
+proceed. He smiled bashfully at his mother and then held up his
+hand for silence.
+
+"I just want to say, too," he went on, biting his lips to keep
+from laughing, "that after this there won't be any gamekeeper on
+Glen Cairn. If the rabbits spoil your crops you're welcome to
+catch them if you can! I've ranged these woods myself all summer,
+and I have found out that gamekeepers are no safeguard against
+poachers." A gasp of astonishment greeted this statement, and
+Angus Niel was observed to turn ashy pale.
+
+"In fact, I know that sometimes gamekeepers turn poachers
+themselves and make money selling what they have killed," he went
+on. Here Angus Niel, looking suddenly deflated, like a burst
+balloon, began quietly to slink out of sight, and Alan, brimful
+of mischief, raised his voice so it would be sure to reach him
+and said, "I've seen it done myself, and if Angus Niel wants to
+know any more about that gang of twenty blood-thirsty villains
+which has scared the life out of him all summer, he can come to
+me and I'll tell him. I'm the Chief of that gang, and there are
+three others just like me, and that's all!" He winked rapturously
+at the three other members of the Clan, who were gazing up at him
+in a stupor of astonishment, and fired his last shot at the
+fleeing Angus, while the audience, catching his meaning, burst
+into howls of derisive laughter.
+
+"Don't hurry, Angus," he called. "I want to tell you about your
+boat and about the water witch that haunted you. I'm the water
+witch too!" But Angus was already out of hearing and scuttling as
+fast as his trembling legs could carry him to get out of sight,
+as well. When the roars of laughter had subsided, Alan said, with
+a boyish grin, "It's too bad he couldn't stay to supper. And now
+come up, everybody, and meet my mother."
+
+It was then that the Shepherd of Glen Easig astonished himself
+and every one else by shouting at the top of his lungs, "Three
+cheers for the young Laird!" and when they had been given with
+such energy that the hills rang with the echoes, he called for
+three more for her ladyship, and Alan waved his cap in
+acknowledgment for them both.
+
+Then the people, surprised out of their usual Scotch reserve by
+laughter and by the joy of good news, came swarming up the steps
+and were introduced to Alan's mother by Alan himself when he knew
+them, and by the minister when he did not.
+
+The Shepherd, with the bashful Clan in his wake, came last of
+all, and the Twins heard him say to her ladyship, "God bless the
+laddie! It was a rare day for the Glen when he fell into the burn
+and came to dry himself by our fireside."
+
+"It was a rare day for me, too, Cousin Campbell," said Alan, and
+then; catching sight of Sandy and the Twins hanging back behind
+their father, what did he do but pucker up his lips and whistle
+the pewit call? The Clan was too overcome then even to attempt a
+pucker, and Alan, springing forward, tried to grasp three hands
+at once and introduced them to his mother as his Rob Roy Clan.
+
+The Twins and Sandy were not a bit like the bold buccaneers of
+the cave when the great lady of Glen Cairn smiled on them kindly.
+
+"I told you I'd wear the sprig of evergreen pine and whistle the
+call of the Clan the next time you saw me," cried Alan, as they
+fell in behind the others, who were now entering the banquet-
+hall. "Why didn't you answer?"
+
+"Oh, but," said Jean, a little sadly and blushing like a poppy,
+"we never thought you'd be coming back so grand like. You'll
+never be playing with the Clan any more in Glen Easig, surely,
+now that you 're a great Laird!"
+
+"And why not, I'd like to know?" cried the great Laird, looking
+hurt. "I'm still Alan McRae, Chief of the Clan, the same as
+before, and as true to my friends as Rob Roy himself was before
+me. We'll have many a good day in the woods yet before snow
+flies; and listen, I've a plan in my head!"
+
+"There speaks the Chief," cried Jock, forgetting to be afraid of
+him. "He was ever having plans in his head. Out with it, man."
+
+"It's this," said Alan, "I'm going to have a tutor here at the
+castle, and you're all to have your lessons here with me, and no
+end of larks!" Here Sandy, who had so far merely gazed at his
+Chief with speechless devotion, suddenly burst into words.
+
+"Aye, Chief," he cried, "that was a true word you spoke about no
+gamekeeper being needed in Glen Cairn. I'm none so keen for the
+learning, but if there should be poachers hanging about, they'll
+have Sandy Crumpet to deal with; let them take warning of that!"
+
+Alan laughed and clapped Sandy on the back. "I'd rather have you
+than forty Angus Niels," he said, and then they were swept along,
+without a chance for further words, into the great hall, where
+they found long tables spread and Eppie McLean with a dozen
+helpers bringing in such stores of food that all Sandy had said
+about the preparations at the castle was justified at a glance.
+
+Most of the people had already found places at the tables when
+the young Laird and his mother, followed by the minister and his
+wife and the castle guests, cams into the hall. The Twins and
+Sandy hung back behind all the other guests, but Alan found
+places for them opposite his own, and then he handed his mother
+to the seat of honor at the head of the table. The minister and
+the guests from the city ranged themselves on either side, and
+every one stood with bowed head while the minister asked a
+blessing upon the food, upon the new Laird and his mother, and
+upon all the people of Glen Cairn.
+
+There was a great scraping of chairs, and then every one sat down
+and fell upon the good things like an army of locusts upon a
+harvest field. The great hall, so long silent, echoed with happy
+voices and the clatter, of knives and forks, and Jean, looking
+across the table at the new Laird, in all his glory, wondered if
+it could be possible that it was the very Alan whom she had
+shaken when Angus shot the stag, or who had helped her set the
+table in the kitchen of the little gray house, while his wet
+clothes were drying by the cottage fire. She ate her supper like
+one in a dream, and though she kept a watchful eye on Jock's
+table manners and warned Sandy's elbows off the table several
+times in her own efficient way, she could scarcely believe such
+wonderful things were really happening to her.
+
+At last the wonderful day drew to a close, and the people of Glen
+Cairn, happier than they had been in a long time, said goodbye to
+the gracious lady of the castle and to the already beloved young
+Laird, and started home in the deepening twilight of the autumn
+evening.
+
+The Clan, lingering behind their parents, looked back at the
+group on the castle terrace before the trees hid them from sight,
+and Jock sent the pewit call shrilling through the dusk. It was
+answered instantly from the terrace.
+
+"He is just like Prince Charlie, I'm thinking," said Sandy, and
+Jock, to ease his feelings, whistled "Charlie is my darling" all
+the way to the gate of the park.
+
+The evening star was shining brightly over the dark outline of
+old Ben Vane as the Campbells reached the little gray house on
+the brae, now safely their home forever, and Tam came bounding
+down the path to meet them. Jean kissed her hand to the star and
+murmured to herself,
+
+ "Star light, star bright,
+ I have the wish I wished to-night."
+
+
+
+GLOSSARY
+
+Auld, old.
+
+Aye (pronounced i), yes.
+
+Aye (pronounced a), ever, always.
+
+Bailie, an officer of the law.
+
+Bairn, a child.
+
+Ben. See But and ben.
+
+Besom, a broom.
+
+Bide, stay.
+
+Bittock, a little bit.
+
+Blatherskite, a babbling person, a good-for-nothing.
+
+Blethering, talking nonsense.
+
+Bonny, pretty, beautiful, charming.
+
+Bracken, brake, a species of tall fern.
+
+Brae (pronounced bray), a hillside.
+
+Braw, fine, handsome.
+
+Burn, a brook.
+
+But and ben, outside and in.
+
+But the house means out of the house. But is also applied to the
+kitchen; going but is going from the best room to the kitchen,
+and going ben is going into the best room.
+
+Byre, a cow-shed.
+
+Canny, shrewd.
+
+Chap, a knock.
+
+
+Daft, silly, foolish.
+
+Dandering, wandering.
+
+Dawtie, darling, pet.
+
+Dinna, do not.
+
+Dod, an exclamation.
+
+Doubt, suspect.
+
+Dyke, a low fence or wall of turf or stone.
+
+
+Fash, disturb.
+
+Fine, finely, well.
+
+Gey, very.
+
+Gin (g as in give), if.
+
+Girdle, a griddle.
+
+Glengarry bonnet, a small cap without visor.
+
+Greet, weep.
+
+Guddling, catching fish with the hands.
+
+Havers (a as in hay), nonsense (an exclamation).
+
+
+Isna, is not.
+
+Keek, a peep.
+
+Ken, know.
+
+Kilmarnock bonnet, a tam-o'-shanter.
+
+Kirk, church.
+
+Biro, a churn.
+
+Kist, a chest.
+
+
+Laird, a lord, a landed proprietor.
+
+Laverock, the lark.
+
+Limmer, a mischievous person.
+
+Losh, an exclamation.
+
+Loup, to leap.
+
+Lug, ear.
+
+
+Mealy pudding, a Scotch dish made of oatmeal and suet, in form
+something like a sausage.
+
+Michty (pronounced michty, with the gutteral ch as in the German
+word ich), mighty, large, powerful.
+
+Michty me, an exclamation.
+
+
+Na, no, not.
+
+
+Pawky, sly.
+
+Pewit, the lapwing, a species of plover.
+
+Plaidie (pronounced pladie), diminutive of plaid. Each clan had
+its own especial pattern which was worn by all members.
+
+
+Redding up, putting in order.
+
+
+Sal, an exclamation.
+
+Scone, a flat cake, unsweetened, baked on a griddle.
+
+Skirl, a shrill sound, especially that characteristic of the
+bagpipes.
+
+Slippit awa', slipped away, died.
+
+Sousie (both s's as in so), agreeable, attractive, comely,
+pleasant.
+
+Spier (pronounced spear), ask.
+
+Sync, afterward, since.
+
+
+Tarn, a small mountain lake.
+
+Tatties, potatoes.
+
+Tid, a pet name for a child.
+
+Tirley-wirley, a disturbance.
+
+
+Wasna, was not.
+
+Wee bit hoosie, little house.
+
+Whaup, the curlew, a large bird of the Sandpiper Family.
+
+Wifie, an endearing term for a woman.
+
+
+SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+This story can be read without much preparation by any fifth or
+sixth grade pupils. In the fifth grade it may be well to have the
+children read the story first in a study period in order to work
+out the pronunciation of the more difficult words and to get
+sufficient command of the Scotch dialect, which, however, is not
+used to so great an extent that it will be difficult for American
+children to understand. The teacher should explain the use of the
+glossary in this connection. In the sixth grade the children will
+usually be able to read the story at sight except so far as
+reference to the glossary is necessary to the understanding of
+Scottish words and phrases.
+
+As in all the Twins readers, the possibilities in this story for
+dramatization will be immediately apparent. The numerous outdoor
+adventures, the discovery of the cave, and the fishing will
+probably be the scenes that will make the most immediate appeal
+to boys who are beginning to show the Boy Scout spirit; and other
+phases of outdoor life, no less than the touches of housework,
+will appeal to members of the Girl Scout and the Girls' Camp Fire
+organization. The illustrations in the book show hints for simple
+costuming which may be followed when desired.
+
+Mrs. Perkins's illustrations can be used in other ways also.
+Children will enjoy sketching many of them, since their simple
+style makes them especially available in this way. An excellent
+oral exercise would be for the children after they have read the
+story to take turns in telling it from the illustrations; and a
+good composition exercise would be for each pupil to select the
+illustration that he would like to write upon, to make a copy of
+it, and then to tell its story in his own way.
+
+During the reading, the teacher should tell the children
+something about Scotland, geographically and historically. A file
+of the National Geographic Magazine, which is accessible in most
+public libraries, will be found to contain many illustrated
+articles which will be invaluable in this connection. Teachers
+should refer also to Tomlinson's "Young Americans in the British
+Isles," Kate Douglas Wiggin's "Penelope's Progress," the volumes
+devoted to Scotland in Longfellow's series, "Poems of Places,"
+and to Bradley's "The Gateway of Scotland." Other references are
+Hunnewell's "Lands of Scott" and Olcott's "The Country of Sir
+Walter Scott." (Consult the indexes for references to Rob Roy,
+The Lady of the Lake, etc. Also of course Scott's novels and
+poems and Burns's poems contain much material that can be drawn
+upon.) Particularly to be recommended are the selections
+published in the Riverside Literature Series and in Webster and
+Coe's "Tales and Verse from Sir Walter Scott."
+
+Just at the present time when the tercentenary of the landing at
+Plymouth occupies all our attention, it is particularly timely to
+recall the potent influences of the Scottish people upon the
+Puritans in old England and the Pilgrims who founded New England.
+Scott's "Tales of a Grandfather" and Dickens's "Child's History
+of England," also Tappan's "England's Story" will give an account
+of how the Scotch rose in revolt against kings and prelates, and
+how they were the first nation in Europe to establish in their
+country the underlying principles of democracy. The Scottish
+systems of land tenure--which may be said to be the theme of The
+Scotch Twins--are discussed in Beaton's "Highlands of Scotland."
+Of particular bearing is his comment upon conditions resulting
+from the withdrawal of soil for purposes of sport, the poaching
+that followed, etc.
+
+The spirit of Scottish history is epitomized in Burns's poem, "A
+Man's a Man for a' That," and the ingenious teacher will need no
+further prompting as to the ways in which this poem and the
+movement for which it stands are related to the history of our
+own country. A further debt to Scotland lies in the character of
+the Scotch immigrants to the United States and their descendants;
+Griffis's "Bonnie Scotland and What We Owe Her" will show how to
+apply this suggestion and others which will come to mind from
+these paragraphs.
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg Etext of The Scotch Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
diff --git a/old/sctwn10.zip b/old/sctwn10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20c1ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/sctwn10.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/sctwn11.txt b/old/sctwn11.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71fb68f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/sctwn11.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4096 @@
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Scotch Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+#6 in our series by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.
+
+Please do not remove this.
+
+This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book.
+Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words
+are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they
+need about what they can legally do with the texts.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below, including for donations.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541
+
+
+
+Title: The Scotch Twins
+
+Author: Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
+Release Date: May, 2003 [EBook #4086]
+[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule]
+[The actual date this file first posted = 11/16/01]
+[Most recently updated on July 16, 2007]
+
+Edition: 11
+
+Language: English
+
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Scotch Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+*********This file should be named sctwn11.txt or sctwn11.zip*********
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, sctwn12.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, sctwn10a.txt
+
+Produced for Project Gutenberg by Lynn Hill
+
+This PG project is dedicated to Luana Rodriquez, who proofreads
+my projects and loves the "Twins" stories. Multiple file
+problems made this project a real labor of love for both of us!
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after
+the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement
+can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03
+or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext
+files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of 10/17/01 contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Missouri,
+Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York,
+North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,
+South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia,
+Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming
+
+*In Progress
+
+We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising
+will begin in the additional states. Please feel
+free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork
+to legally request donations in all 50 states. If
+your state is not listed and you would like to know
+if we have added it since the list you have, just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in
+states where we are not yet registered, we know
+of no prohibition against accepting donations
+from donors in these states who approach us with
+an offer to donate.
+
+
+International donations are accepted,
+but we don't know ANYTHING about how
+to make them tax-deductible, or
+even if they CAN be made deductible,
+and don't have the staff to handle it
+even if there are ways.
+
+All donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541,
+and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal
+Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum
+extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the
+additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+***
+
+
+Example command-line FTP session:
+
+ftp ftp.ibiblio.org
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+including any form resulting from conversion by word
+processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+*EITHER*:
+
+[*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+does *not* contain characters other than those
+intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+(~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+author, and additional characters may be used to
+indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+[*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+OR
+
+[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+"Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart
+and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.]
+[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales
+of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or
+software or any other related product without express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+Produced for Project Gutenberg by Lynn Hill
+
+
+
+
+
+THE SCOTCH TWINS
+
+By Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR
+
+BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
+
+HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY
+
+The Riverside Press Cambridge
+
+
+
+
+Geographical Series
+
+THE DUTCH TWINS PRIMER. Grade I.
+THE DUTCH TWINS Grade III.
+THE ESKIMO TWINS. Grade II.
+THE JAPANESE TWINS. Grade IV.
+THE IRISH TWINS. Grade V.
+THE SCOTCH TWINS. Grades V and VI.
+THE MEXICAN TWINS. Grade VI.
+THE BELGIAN TWINS. Grade VI.
+THE FRENCH TWINS. Grade VII.
+
+
+Historical Series
+
+THE CAVE TWINS. Grade IV.
+THE SPARTAN TWINS. Grades V-VI.
+
+Each volume is illustrated by the author
+
+HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY
+BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1919, BY LUCY PITCH PERKINS
+
+ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+I. THE LITTLE GRAY HOUSE ON THE BRAE
+
+II. THE RABBIT AND THE GAMEKEEPER
+
+III. THE SABBATH
+
+IV. THE NEW BOY
+
+V. EVENING IN THE WEE BIT HOOSIE
+
+VI. TWO DISCOVERIES
+
+VII. THE CLAN
+
+VIII. THE POACHERS
+
+IX. A RAINY DAY
+
+X. ON THE TRAIL
+
+XI. ANGUS NIEL AND THE CANNY CLAN
+
+XII. NEWS
+
+XIII. THE NEW LAIRD
+
+GLOSSARY
+
+SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+
+
+
+THE SCOTCH TWINS
+
+I. THE LITTLE GRAY HOUSE ON THE BRAE
+
+
+If you had peeped in at the window of a little gray house on a
+heathery hillside in the Highlands of Scotland one Saturday
+morning in May some years ago, you might have seen Jean Campbell
+"redding up" her kitchen. It was a sight best seen from a safe
+distance, for, though Jean was only twelve years old, she was a
+fierce little housekeeper every day in the week, and on Saturday,
+when she was getting ready for the Sabbath, it was a bold person
+indeed who would venture to put himself in the path of her broom.
+To be sure, there was no one in the family to take such a risk
+except her twin brother Jock, her father, Robin Campbell, the
+Shepherd of Glen Easig, and True Tammas, the dog, for the Twins'
+mother had "slippit awa'" when they were only ten years old,
+leaving Jean to take a woman's care of her father and brother and
+the little gray house on the brae.
+
+On this May morning Jean woke up at five o'clock and peeped out
+of the closet bed in which she slept to take a look at the day.
+The sun had already risen over the rocky crest of gray old Ben
+Vane, the mountain back of the house, and was pouring a stream of
+golden sunlight through the eastern windows of the kitchen. The
+kettle was singing over the fire in the open fireplace, a pan of
+skimmed milk for the calf was warming by the hearth, and her
+father was just going out, with the pail on his arm, to milk the
+cow. She looked across the room at the bed in the corner by the
+fireplace to see if Jock were still asleep. All she could see of
+him was a shock of sandy hair, two eyes tight shut, and a
+freckled nose half buried in the bed-clothes.
+
+"Wake up, you lazy laddie," she called out to him, "or when I get
+my clothes on I'll waken you with a wet cloth! Here's the sun
+looking in at the windows to shame you, and Father already gone
+to the milking."
+
+Jock opened one sleepy blue eye.
+
+"Leave us alone, now, Jeanie," he wheedled. "I was just having a
+sonsie wee bit of a dream. Let me finish, and syne I'll tell you
+all about it."
+
+"Indeed, and you'll do nothing of the kind" retorted Jean, with
+spirit. "Up with you, mannie, or I'll be dressed before you, and
+I ken very well you'd not like to be beaten by a lassie, and her
+your own sister, too."
+
+Jock cuddled down farther into the blankets without answering, and
+Jean began putting on her clothes. It seemed but a moment before she
+slid to the floor, rolled her sleeves high above a pair of sturdy
+elbows, and went to finish her toilet at the basin. There she washed
+her face and combed her hair, while Jock, cautiously opening one eye
+again, observed her from his safe retreat. He watched her part her
+hair, wet it, plaster it severely back from her brow, and tie it
+firmly in place with a piece of black ribbon. Jock could read Jean's
+face like print, and in this stern toilet he foresaw a day of
+unrelenting house-cleaning.
+
+"Aye," he said to himself bitterly, "she's putting on her
+Saturday face. There's trouble brewing, I doubt! It'll be Jock
+this and Jock that both but and ben all day long, and whatever is
+the use of all this tirley-wirly I can't see, when on Monday the
+house will look as if it had never seen the sight of a besom!
+I'll just bide where I am." He closed his eyes and pretended to
+be asleep.
+
+It is true that Jean's Saturday face had such a housekeepery
+pucker between the eyes and such a severe arrangement of the
+front hair that any one who did not peep behind the black ribbon
+might have thought her a very stern young person indeed, but
+behind the black ribbon Jean's true character stood revealed!
+However prim and smooth she might make it look in front, where
+the cracked glass enabled her to keep an eye on it, behind her
+back, where she couldn't possibly see it, her hair broke into the
+jolliest little waves and curls, which bobbed merrily about even
+on the worst Saturday that ever was; and spoiled the effect
+whenever she tried to be severe.
+
+When she had given a final wipe with the brush, she took another
+look at Jock. There was still nothing to be seen of him but the
+shock of sandy hair and a series of bumps under the blanket. Jock
+could feel Jean looking at him right through the bed-clothes.
+
+"Jock," said Jean,--and her voice had a Saturday sound to it,--
+"You can't sleep in this day! Get up!"
+
+There was no answer. Jock might well have known that Jean was in
+no mood for trifling, but, having decided on his course of
+action, he stuck to it like a true Scotchman and neither moved
+nor opened his eyes. Jean was driven to desperate measures. She
+took a few drops of water in the dipper, marched firmly to the
+bedside, and stood with it poised directly above Jock's nose.
+
+"Jock," she said solemnly, "I'm telling you! Don't ever say I
+didn't. If you don't stir yourself before I count five, you'll be
+sorry. One, two, three!" Still no move from Jock. "Four, five,"
+and, without further parley, she emptied the dipper on his
+freckled nose.
+
+There was a wrathful snort and a violent convulsion of the
+blankets, and an instant later Jock was tearing about the kitchen
+like a cat in a fit, but by this time Jean was out of doors and
+well beyond reach.
+
+"Come here, you limmer!" he howled. But Jean knew better than to
+accept his invitation. Instead she skipped laughing down the path
+from the door to the brook which ran bubbling and gurgling by the
+house. Even in her hasty exit from the cottage, Jean had had the
+presence of mind to take the pail with her, and now she stopped
+to fill it from the clear, sparkling water of the burn. It was
+such a wonderful bright spring morning that, having filled it,
+she stopped for a moment to look about her at the dear familiar
+surroundings of her home.
+
+There was the little gray house itself, with the peat smoke
+curling from the chimney straight up into the blue sky. Back of
+it was the garden-patch with its low stone wall, and back of that
+were the fowl-yard and the straw-covered byre for the cow.
+Beyond, and to the north lay the moors, covered with heather and
+dotted with grazing sheep. Jean could hear the tinkle of their
+bells, the bleating of the lambs, and the comforting maternal
+answers of the ewes. Above the dark forest which spread itself
+over the slopes of the foot-hills toward the south and east a
+lave rock was singing, and she could hear the cry of whaups
+wheeling and circling over the moors. They were pleasant morning
+sounds, dear and familiar to Jean's ear, and oh, the sparkle of
+the dew on the bracken, and the smell of the hawthorn by the
+garden wall! Jean lifted her pail of water and went singing with
+it up the hill-slope to the house for sheer joy that she was
+alive.
+
+"The Campbells are coming, O ho, O ho!" she sang, and the hills,
+taking up the refrain, echoed "O ho, O ho!"
+
+True Tammas, who had slept all night under the straw-stack by the
+byre, came bounding down the little path to meet her, wagging his
+tail and barking his morning greeting. They reached the door
+together, but Jock, mindful of his injuries, had shut and barred
+it, and was grinning at them through the window. Jean sat placidly
+down upon the step with True Tammas beside her and continued her
+song. Her calmness irritated Jock.
+
+"Aye," he shouted through the crack, "the Campbells may be
+coming, but they'll not get in this house! You can just sit there
+blethering all day, and I'll never unbar the door."
+
+Jean stopped singing long enough to answer: "You'll get no
+breakfast, then, you mind, unless you'll be getting it yourself,
+for the porridge is not cooked and the kettle's nearly boiled
+away. I've the water-pail with me, and there's not a drop else in
+the house."
+
+She left him to consider this and resumed her song. For several
+minutes she and True Tammas sat there gazing westward across the
+valley with the little river flowing through it, to the hills
+swimming in the blue distance beyond.
+
+At last she called over her shoulder, "Jock, Father's coming,"
+and Jock, seeing that his cause was hopelessly lost, unfastened
+the door. Jean, her father, and True Tammas all came into the
+kitchen together, and the moment she was in the room again you
+should have seen how she ordered things about!
+
+"Set the milk right down here, Father," she said, tapping the
+table with her finger as she flew past to get the strainer and a
+pan, "and you, Jock, fill the kettle. It's almost dry this
+minute. And stir up the fire under it. Tam,"--that was what they
+called the dog for short,--"go under the table or you'll get
+stepped on!"
+
+You should have seen how they all minded!--even the father, who
+was six feet tall, with a jaw like a nut-cracker and a face that
+would have looked very stern indeed if it hadn't been for his
+twinkling blue eyes. When the milk was strained and put away in
+the little shed room back of the kitchen chimney, Jean got out
+the oatmeal-kettle and hung the porridge over the fire, and while
+that was cooking she set three places at the tiny table and
+scalded the churn. Meanwhile Jock went out to feed the fowls. By
+half past six the oatmeal was on the table and the little family
+gathered about it, reverently bowing their heads while the
+Shepherd of Glen Easig asked a blessing upon the food.
+
+There was only porridge and milk for breakfast, so it took but a
+short time to eat it, and then the real work of the day began.
+The Shepherd put on his Kilmarnock bonnet and called Tam, who had
+had his breakfast on the hearth, and the two went away to the
+hills after the sheep. Jock led the cow to a patch of green turf
+near the bottom of the hill, where she could find fresh pasture,
+and Jean was left alone in the kitchen of the little gray house.
+Ah, you should have seen her then! She washed the dishes and put
+them away in the cupboard, she skimmed the milk and put the cream
+into the churn, she swept the hearth and shook the blankets out
+of doors in the fresh morning air. Then she made the beds, and
+when the kitchen was all in order, she "went ben"--that was the
+way they spoke of the best room--and dusted that too. There
+wasn't really a bit of need of dusting the room, for it was
+never, never used except on very important occasions, such as
+when the minister called. The little house was five miles from
+the village, so the minister did not come often, but Jean kept it
+clean all the time just to be on the safe side.
+
+There wasn't so very much work to do in the room after all, for there
+was nothing in it but the fireplace, a little table with the Bible,
+the Catechism, and a copy of Burns's poems on it, and three chairs.
+The kitchen was a different matter: There were the beds, and they were
+hard for a small girl to manage, and the cupboard with its shelves of
+dishes. There were three stools, and a big chair for the Shepherd, and
+the great chest where the clothes were kept, and besides all these
+things there was the wag-at-the-wall clock on the mantel-shelf which
+had to be wound every Saturday night. If you want to know just where
+these things stood, you have only to look at the plan, where their
+places are so plainly marked that, if you were suddenly to wake up in
+the middle of the night and find yourself in the little gray house,
+you could go about and put your hand on everything in it in the dark.
+
+Jock stayed with the cow as long as he dared, and went back to
+the house only when he knew he couldn't postpone his tasks any
+longer. Jean was sweeping the doorstep as he came slowly up the
+hill.
+
+"Come along, Grandfather," she called out, her brow sternly
+puckered in front and her curls bobbing gaily up and down behind.
+"A body'd think you were seventy-five years old and had the
+rheumatism to see you move! Come and work the churn a bit. 'Twill
+limber you up."
+
+Jock knew that arguments were useless. His father had told him,
+girl's work or not, he was to help Jean, so he slowly dragged
+into the house and slowly began to move the dasher up and down.
+
+"Havers!" said Jean, when she could stand it no longer. "It's
+lucky there's a cover to the churn else you'd drop to sleep and
+fall in and drown yourself in the buttermilk! The butter won't be
+here at this rate till to-morrow, when it would break the Sabbath
+by coming!"
+
+She seized the dasher, as she spoke, and began to churn so
+vigorously that the milk splashed up all around the handle. Soon
+little yellow specks began to appear; and when they had formed
+themselves into a ball in the churn, she lifted it out with a
+paddle and put it in a pan of clear cold water. Then she gave
+Jock a drink of buttermilk.
+
+"Poor laddie!" she said. "You are all tired out! Take a sup of
+this to put new strength in you, for you've got to go out and
+weed the garden. I looked at the potatoes yesterday, and the
+weeds have got the start of them already."
+
+"If I must weed the garden, give me something to eat too," begged
+Jock. "This milk'll do no more than slop around in my insides to
+make me feel my emptiness."
+
+Jean opened the cupboard door and peeped within.
+
+"There's nothing for you, laddie," she said, "but this piece of a
+scone. I'll have to bake more for the Sabbath, and you can have
+this to give yourself a more filled-up feeling. And now off with
+you!"
+
+She took him by the collar and led him to the door; and there on
+the step was Tam.
+
+"What are you doing here?" cried Jean, astonished to see him.
+"You should be with Father, watching the sheep! It's shame to a
+dog to be lolling around the house instead of away on the hills
+where he belongs."
+
+Tam flattened himself out on his stomach and dragged himself to
+her feet, rolling his eyes beseechingly upward, and if ever a dog
+looked ashamed of himself, that dog was Tam. Jean shook her head
+at him very sternly, and oh, how the jolly little curls bobbed
+about.
+
+"Tam," she said, "you're as lazy as Jock himself. Whatever shall
+I do with the two of you?"
+
+Jock had already finished his scone and he thought this a good
+time to disappear. He slipped round the corner of the house and
+whistled. All Tam's shame was gone in an instant. He gave a
+joyous bark and bounded away after Jock, his tail waving gayly in
+the breeze.
+
+
+
+
+II. THE RABBIT AND THE GAMEKEEPER
+
+
+Out in the garden a rabbit had for some time been enjoying
+himself nightly in the potato-patch, biting off the young sprouts
+which were just sticking their heads through the ground. When the
+rabbit heard Tam bark she dashed out of sight behind a burdock
+leaf and sat perfectly still. Now if Tam and Jock had come into
+the garden by the wicket gate, as they should have done, this
+story might never have been written at all, because in that case
+the rabbit would perhaps have got safely back to her burrow in
+the woods without being seen, and there wouldn't have been any
+story to tell.
+
+But Tam and Jock didn't come in by the gate. They jumped over the
+wall. Jock jumped first and landed almost on top of the rabbit,
+but when Tam, a second later, landed in the same place, she was
+running for dear life toward the hole in the stone wall where she
+had got in. Shouting and barking, Jock and Tam tore after her.
+Round and round the garden they flew, but just as they thought
+they had her cornered, the rabbit slipped through the hole in the
+wall and ran like the wind for the woods. Jock and Tam both
+cleared the wall at a bound and chased after her, making enough
+noise to be heard a mile away.
+
+It happened that there was some one much less than a mile away to
+hear it. And it happened, too, that he was the one person in all
+the world that Jock would most wish not to hear it, for he was
+gamekeeper to the Laird of Glen Cairn, and the Laird of Glen
+Cairn owned all the land for miles and miles about in every
+direction. He owned the little gray house and the moor, the
+mountain, and the forest, and even the little brook that sang by
+the door. To be sure, the Laird seemed to care very little for
+his Highland home. He visited it but once in a great while, and
+then only for a few days' hunting. The rest of the year his great
+stone castle was occupied only by Eppie McLean, the housekeeper,
+and two or three other servants. The Laird did not know his
+tenants, and they did not know him. The rents were collected for
+him by Mr. Craigie, his factor, who lived in the village, and
+Angus Niel was appointed to see that no one hunted game on the
+estate.
+
+Angus was a man of great zeal in the performance of his duty, to
+judge by his own account of it. He was always telling of heroic
+encounters with poachers in the forests, and though he never
+seemed to succeed in catching them and bringing them before the
+magistrate, his tales were a warning to evil-doers and few people
+dared venture into the region which he guarded. He was often seen
+creeping along the outskirts of the woods, his gun on his
+shoulder, his round eyes rolling suspiciously in every direction,
+or even loitering around the cow byres as if he thought game
+might be secreted there.
+
+At the very moment when Jock and Tam came flying over the fence
+and down the hill like a cyclone after the rabbit, Angus was
+kneeling beside the brook to get a drink. His lips were pursed up
+and he was bending over almost to the surface of the water, when
+something dashed past him, and an instant later something else
+struck him like a thunderbolt from behind, and drove him
+headforemost into the brook! It wasn't Tam that did it. It was
+Jock! Of course, it was an accident, but Angus thought he had
+done it on purpose, and he was probably the most surprised as
+well as the angriest man in Scotland at that moment. He lifted
+his head out of the brook and glared at Jock as fiercely as he
+could with little rills of water pouring from his hair and nose,
+and trickling in streams down his neck.
+
+"I'll make you smart for this, you young blatherskite," he roared
+at Jock, who stood before him frozen with horror. "I'll teach you
+where you belong! You were running after that rabbit, and your
+dog is yelping down a hole after her this minute!" He was such a
+funny sight as he knelt there, dripping and scolding, that,
+scared as he was, Jock could not help laughing. More than ever
+enraged, Angus made a sudden lunge forward and seized Jock by the
+ear.
+
+"You come along o' me," he said. His invitation was so urgent
+that Jock felt obliged to accept it, and together the two started
+up the slope to the little gray house. Tam, meanwhile, had given
+up the chase and joined them, his tail at half-mast.
+
+When they reached the house Angus bumped the door open without
+knocking, and stamped into the kitchen. Jean was bending over the
+fire turning a scone on the girdle, when the noise at the door
+made her jump and look around. She was so amazed at the sight
+which met her eye that for an instant she stood stock-still, and
+Angus, seeing that he had only two children to deal with, gave
+Jock's ear a vicious tweak and began to bluster at Jean.
+
+But, you see, he didn't know Jean. When she saw that great fat
+man abusing her brother and tracking mud all over her kitchen
+floor at the same time, instead of being frightened, as she
+should have been, Jean shook her cooking-fork at Angus Niel and
+stamped her foot smartly on the floor.
+
+"You let go of my brother's ear this instant," she shouted, "and
+take your muddy boots out of my kitchen!"
+
+Angus let go of Jock's ear for sheer surprise, and Jock at once
+sprang to his sister's side, while Tam, seeing that trouble was
+brewing, gave a low growl and bared his teeth. Angus gave a look
+at Tam and decided to explain.
+
+"This young blatherskite here," he began, in a voice that caused
+the rafters to shake, "has been trespassing. He was after a
+rabbit. I caught him in the very act. I'll have the law on him!
+He rammed me into the burn!"
+
+"I didn't mean to," shouted Jock, "I thought you were a stone,
+and I just meant to step on you and jump across the burn."
+
+"You meant to step on me, did you?" roared Angus. "Me! Do you
+know who I am?" Jock knew very well, but he didn't have time to
+say so before Angus, choking with rage, made a furious lunge for
+his ear and left two more great spots of mud on the kitchen
+floor. It was not to be borne. Jean pointed to his feet.
+
+"You're trespassing yourself," she screamed. "You've no right in
+this house, And you take yourself out of it this minute! Just
+look at the mud you've tracked on my floor!"
+
+Angus did look. He looked not only at the floor but at Tam, for
+Tam was now slowly approaching him, growling as he came.
+
+Angus thought best to do exactly as Jean said and as quickly as
+possible. He reached the door in two jumps with Tam leaping after
+him and nipping his heels at each jump, and in another instant
+found himself on the doorstep with the door shut behind him.
+
+Angus considered himself a very important man. He wasn't used to
+being treated in this way, and it's no wonder he was angry. He
+swelled up like a pouter pigeon; and shook his fist at the door.
+
+"You just mind who I am," he shouted. "If ever I catch you
+poaching again, I'll have you up before the bailie as sure as
+eggs is eggs!"
+
+But the door didn't say a word, and it seemed beneath his dignity
+to scold a door that wouldn't even answer back, so he stamped
+away growling. The children watched him until he disappeared in
+the woods, and when at last they turned from the window, the
+scone on the girdle was burned to a cinder and had to be given to
+the chickens!
+
+You might have thought that by this time Jean had done enough
+work even for Saturday, but there was still the broth to make for
+supper and for the Sabbath, and the kitchen floor to be scrubbed,
+and, last of all, the family baths! When the little kitchen was
+as clean as clean could be, Jean got the wash-tub and set it on
+the hearth. Jock knew the signs and decided he'd go out behind
+the byre and look for eggs, but Jean had her eye on him.
+
+"Jock Campbell," said she, "you go at once and get the water."
+
+In vain Jock assured her he was cleaner than anything and didn't
+need a bath. Jean was firm. She made him fill the kettles, and
+when the water was hot, she shut him up in the kitchen with soap
+and a towel while she took all the shoes to the front steps to
+polish for Kirk on the morrow. When at last Jock appeared before
+her he was so shiny clean that Jean said it dazzled her eyes to
+look at him, so she sent him for the cow while she took her turn
+at the tub.
+
+By four o'clock, Tam, who had spent an anxious afternoon by the
+hole in the garden wall watching for the rabbit, suddenly
+remembered his duties and started away over the moors to meet the
+Shepherd and round up any sheep that might have strayed from the
+flock, and at five Jock, returning from the byre, met his father
+coming home with Tam at his heels.
+
+The regular evening tasks were finished just as the sun sank out
+of sight behind the western hills, and the birds were singing
+their evening songs, and when they went into the kitchen a bright
+fire was blazing on the hearth, the broth was simmering in the
+kettle, and Jean had three bowls of it ready for them on the
+table.
+
+While they ate their supper Jock told their father all about the
+rabbit and Angus Niel and his ducking in the burn, and when Jock
+told about Jean's ordering him out of the kitchen, and of his
+jumping to the door with Tam nipping at his heels, the Shepherd
+slapped his knee and laughed till he cried. Tam, sitting on the
+hearth with his tongue lolling out, looked as if he were
+laughing, too.
+
+"Havers!" cried the Shepherd, "I wish I'd been here to see that
+sight! Angus is that swollen up with pride of position, he's like
+to burst himself. He needed a bit of a fall to ease him of it,
+but I'd never have picked out Jean Campbell to trip him up!
+You're a spirited tid, my dawtie, and I'm proud of you."
+
+"But, Father," said Jock, "whatever shall we do about the
+rabbits? The woods are full of them, and there'll not be a sprig
+of green left in the garden. They can hop right over the wall,
+even if we do stop up the hole."
+
+"Aye," answered his father solemnly, "and that's a serious
+question, my lad. They get worse every year, and syne we'll have
+no tatties for the winter, let alone other vegetables. A deer
+came into Andrew Crumpet's garden one night last week and left
+not a green sprout in it by the morning. The creatures must live
+that idle gentlemen may shoot them for pleasure, even though they
+eat our food and leave us to go hungry." His brow darkened and a
+long-smouldering wrath burst forth into words. "There's no
+justice in it," he declared, thumping the table with his fist
+till the spoons danced, "Lairds or no Lairds, Anguses or no
+Anguses."
+
+The Twins had never before heard their father speak like that,
+and they were a little frightened. They were too young to know
+the long years of injustice in such matters that stretched far
+back into the history of Scotland.
+
+For a few minutes after this outburst the Shepherd remained
+silent, gazing into the fire; then he roused himself from his
+brown study and said: "I've been keeping something from you, my
+bairns. Mr. Craigie told me last week that the Auld Laird has
+taken a whim to turn all this region into a game preserve, and
+that he will not renew our lease when the time is up. It has till
+autumn to run, and then, God help us, we'll have to be turned out
+of this house where I've lived all my life and my forebears
+before me, and seek some other place to live and some other work
+to do."
+
+"But what can you do else?" gasped Jock. He felt that his world
+was tumbling about his ears.
+
+"The Lord knows," answered the Shepherd. "Emigrate to America
+likely. I've always been with the sheep and nothing else. It may
+be I can hire out to some other body, but chances are few
+hereabouts, and if the Auld Laird carries out this notion,
+there'll be many another beside ourselves who'll need to be
+walking the world. It seems unlikely he would be for taking away
+the town too, even if it is but a wee bit of a village, and the
+law gives him the right, for times have changed since that lease
+was made, long years ago, and there are few in this day who would
+venture to enforce it. But the Auld Laird's a hard man, I'm told,
+and he chooses hard men to carry out his will. Mr. Craigie has
+little heart, and as for Angus Niel, he'd make things worse
+rather than better if he had his way." Then, seeing tears
+gathering in Jean's eyes, he said to comfort her, "There now,
+dinna greet, my lassie! There's no sense in crossing a bridge
+till you come to it, and this bridge is still four months and a
+bittock away. We've the summer before us, and the Lord's arm is
+not shortened that it cannot save. We'll make the best of it and
+have one more happy summer, let the worst come at the end of it."
+
+"But, Father," urged Jock, "will he turn every one out, do you
+think?"
+
+"Who can foretell the whimsies of a selfish man?" answered the
+Shepherd. "He has only his own will to consider, but my opinion
+is he'll turn out those whose holdings lie nearest the forests
+and would be best for game, whatever he may do with the rest."
+
+This was overwhelming news, and the children sat silent beside
+their silent father, trying to think of something to comfort
+their sad hearts. At last Jean lifted her head with a spirited
+toss and said, "Gin we were to go to-morrow, the dishes would
+still have to be washed," and she began to clear the table.
+
+Her father laughed, and oh, how his laugh brightened the little
+kitchen and seemed to bid defiance to the fates!
+
+"That's right, little woman," he said. "You've the true spirit of
+a Campbell in you. We must aye do the duty at hand and trust the
+Lord for the rest."
+
+Jock was so impressed with the solemn talk of the evening that he
+wiped the dishes without being asked and went to bed of his own
+accord when the wag-at-the-wall clock struck eight. The Shepherd
+sat alone beside the fire until the children were in bed and
+asleep; then he sent Tam to the straw stack, wound the clock, and
+took his own turn at the tub. Last of all he covered the coals
+with ashes for the night and crept into bed beside Jock.
+
+
+
+
+III. THE SABBATH
+
+
+The Sabbath morning dawned bright and clear, and the Campbells
+were all up early and had the chores done before seven o'clock.
+Then came breakfast, and after breakfast Jean ran "ben the room,"
+and brought the Bible to her father. Then she and Jock sat with
+folded hands while he read a long chapter about the "begats."
+Jock thought there seemed to be a very large family of them. This
+was followed by a prayer as long as the chapter. The prayer was
+so long that True Tammas went sound asleep on the hearth and had
+a dream that must have been about the rabbit, for his ears
+twitched and he made little whiny noises and jerked his legs. It
+was so long that the kettle boiled clear away and made such
+alarming, crackling sounds that Jean couldn't help peeking
+through her fingers just once, because it was their only kettle,
+and if it should go and burst itself during family prayers,
+whatever should they do! The moment the Shepherd said "Amen,"
+Jean sprang so quickly to lift it from the fire that she stumbled
+over Tam and woke him up and almost burned her fingers besides.
+The kettle wasn't really spoiled, and while the water was heating
+in it for the dishes, Jean took up the little yellow book and
+said to Jock,
+
+"Come here now, laddie, and see if you can say your catechism. Do
+you ken what is the chief end of man?"
+
+"Dod, and I do," answered Jock. "You let me spier the questions."
+
+"No," answered Jean firmly. "I'll spier them first myself."
+
+"You're thinking I can't answer," said Jock. "I'll fool you."
+
+He stood up as straight as a whole row of soldiers and fired off
+the answer all in one breath.
+
+"The-chief-end-of-man-is-to-glorify-God-and-enjoy-Him-forever,"
+he shouted.
+
+Jean nodded approvingly. "You ken that one all right, but that is
+the first one in the book and everybody knows that one. Now I'm
+going to skip around."
+
+"Don't skip," urged Jock. "Take them just the way they come. I
+can remember 'em better."
+
+But Jean gave no quarter. "What is predestination?" she demanded.
+
+This was a poser, but Jock tackled it bravely.
+
+"Whom he did foreknow he also did predestinate to-to-" he got so
+far and stuck.
+
+"To what?" asked Jean.
+
+"To be reformed," Jock hazarded, wallowing in difficulties.
+
+"Conformed," corrected Jean. "You don't know that one at all!
+What is Saving Grace?"
+
+Jock fell down entirely on saving grace. "It's a--It's a--" he
+began. Then he bit his lip and scowled, and looked up at the ham
+hanging from the rafters, and out of the windows, but as nothing
+more about saving grace occurred to him he said, "Aw, Jean, I
+know, but I can't think."
+
+"If you knew, you wouldn't have to think," Jean retorted, and
+then she made him take the book and sit down on the stool by the
+window and learn both answers while she finished the dishes.
+
+It was ten miles to the village and back, and there was no way to
+get there except by walking, but the Campbells would sooner have
+thought of going without their food than of staying away from the
+Kirk, and so by eight o'clock they were all dressed in their best
+clothes and ready to start. They left True Tammas sitting on the
+doorstep with his ears drooped and his eyes looking very
+sorrowful. He wanted to go with them, but he knew well that he
+must stay at home to guard the sheep from stray dogs.
+
+It was springtime, and the world was so lovely that the troubles
+the little family had faced the evening before seemed far away
+and impossible in the morning light. It was as if they had
+awakened from a bad dream. Who could help being happy on such a
+morning? The birds were flying about with straw and bits of wool
+in their bills to weave into their nests, and singing as if they
+would split their little throats. The river splashed and gurgled
+and sang as it dashed over its rocky bed on its way to the sea.
+From the village came the distant music of the church bells. The
+hawthorn was in bloom, and the river-banks and roadsides were gay
+with dandelions and violets, daisies and buttercups. Far away the
+mountains lifted their blue summits to the sky, and on a nearer
+hill they could see the gray towers of the castle of the Laird of
+Glen Cairn.
+
+The bell was ringing its final summons and all the people were
+pouring into the little vestibule as the Campbells reached the
+steps of the Kirk. Angus Niel pushed past them, looking as puffy
+as a turkey-cock with its feathers spread, and glaring at the
+Twins so fiercely that Jock whispered to Jean, "If I poked my
+finger at him I believe he'd gobble," and made her almost laugh
+aloud. When they passed Mr. Craigie, who held the plate for
+people to drop their money in, Jean whispered to Jock, "He looks
+for all the world like a pair of tongs in his blacks, he's that
+tall and thin," and then Jock certainly would have laughed
+outright if he hadn't seen Mrs. Crumpet's eye on him.
+
+The sermon was very long and the seats were hard and high, but
+the service did come to an end at last, although Jock was sure it
+was never going to, and afterward the children with their father
+stood about in the churchyard for a little while talking to their
+neighbors and friends.
+
+The farm of Andrew Crumpet lay in the same direction as the home
+of the Campbells, so it was natural that they should walk along
+together and that the two men should talk about the thing that
+was uppermost in their minds. Mrs. Crumpet had gone on ahead with
+another neighbor, and Sandy Crumpet, who was twelve too, and had
+yellow hair, a snub nose, and freckles like Jock's own, walked
+with the Twins behind the two fathers. As they turned into the
+road, the children heard Andrew say, with a heavy sigh: "Aye,
+Robin, we must just make up our minds to it. The Auld Laird's
+bent on getting us out."
+
+"Has Mr. Craigie given you notice, too?" asked the Shepherd.
+
+"Aye, has he," Andrew answered with bitterness, "and short work
+he made of it. It means little to him telling a man to leave his
+home and go out in the world to seek new work at our time of
+life."
+
+"He passes for a religious man," said the Shepherd.
+
+"So did the Pharisee in the temple," said Andrew, "but 'by their
+fruits ye shall know them,' and we're not gathering any figs off
+of Mr. Craigie, nor grapes from that thorn of an Auld Laird that
+I can see!"
+
+"Nor from Angus Niel, either," agreed Robin Campbell. "The Auld
+Laird's servants are of a piece with himself."
+
+"Fine I ken that," answered Andrew.
+
+"Well," sighed the Shepherd, "the toad under the harrow cannot be
+expected to praise the plowman, and we're just like the toad."
+
+"Very true," said Andrew, "but the toad has the best of it. We
+are being destroyed; not that some one may till the land, but
+that it may go to waste, and be kept out of use. We suffer that
+the rich may be richer and the poor poorer, that less food may be
+produced instead of more. I tell you, Robin, it is not justice."
+
+"It may be so. It may be so," sighed the Shepherd, "but it is the
+law, and we must just submit."
+
+The two men walked on in silence to the bridge, where the
+Crumpets turned, while the Campbells kept on beside the river.
+The children were silent, too, only calling out "Good-bye" to
+Sandy as they parted, Jock adding, "Come on by to-morrow if you
+can," and Sandy, waving his hand, calling back, "Aye, will I."
+
+As the Twins and their father neared the "wee bit hoosie," Tam
+came bounding down the brae to meet them, and in less time than
+it takes to tell it Jean had run into the house, taken off her
+Sabbath dress, and put on her old one, with her kitchen apron
+over it, had mended the fire and heated the broth, and the little
+family was seated about the table eating their frugal meal with
+appetites sharpened by their long walk.
+
+The afternoon seemed endless to the children, for they spent it
+trying hard not to do any of the things they wanted to do. They
+studied the catechism while their father sat with his bonnet on
+his head nodding over the Bible, and the wag-at-the-wall clock
+ticked the hours solemnly away. Jock whispered to Jean that he
+didn't see why Sunday was so much longer than any other day, and
+didn't believe her when she said it wasn't really that it only
+seemed so.
+
+
+
+
+IV. THE NEW BOY
+
+
+Usually Jean and Jock went to school in summer, for in winter the
+snow made the roads impassable, but at this time the Dominie was
+ill and until he should get well they had the long days to
+themselves. When breakfast was over the next morning and the
+Shepherd had gone with Tam to the hills, Jean decided to wash the
+clothes. Sandy Crumpet came early, and the two boys went off to
+play, leaving Jean standing on a stone in the middle of the burn,
+soaping the clothes and scrubbing them on the flat surface of a
+rock. The water was so cold it made her arms ache, and she soon
+decided to let the fast-running stream do the washing for her.
+She soaped the garments well, weighted them down with stones, and
+then went to join the boys. She found them flat on their stomachs
+by the stream, gazing down into a pool of clear water.
+
+"What do you see?" she called out to them.
+
+"Trout," answered Jock, his eyes shining with excitement.
+
+"Let me take a keek," said Jean, flopping down beside them and
+craning her neck over the edge.
+
+They were all three peering with breathless interest into the
+water when a strange voice behind them made them jump. For an
+instant they thought it might be Angus Niel.
+
+"Hello!" said the voice.
+
+The children whirled around, and there before them stood a boy
+not much older than themselves, but taller and thinner. He had a
+pale face with large black eyes and dark hair partly covered with
+a Glengarry bonnet set rakishly over one ear. He wore a suit of
+gray tweed with plaid-topped stockings, and carried a fishing-rod
+over his shoulder.
+
+"Hello!" said the stranger again.
+
+"Hello, yourself!" responded Jock.
+
+Jean and Sandy were so relieved to find it wasn't Angus Niel that
+for an instant they merely gazed at him without speaking.
+
+"What's there?" asked the new boy.
+
+"Fish," said Jock.
+
+"Fish!" cried the new boy, shifting his rod into position.
+"Where? Let me have a crack at 'em!"
+
+"Na, na, don't be so hasty," cried Jock, heading him off. "You'll
+get yourself into trouble! Angus Niel would be after you in no
+time, and if he caught you, he'd cuff your lug for you, and drag
+you before the bailie for poaching!"
+
+"Who's Angus Niel?" demanded the boy. "I'm not afraid of him."
+
+"Not yet," answered Jock, "but just go on and you will be! He's
+gamekeeper to the Laird, and he'd rather do for you than not.
+Aye, he'd just like the feel of you in his fingers, he would."
+Jock rubbed his ear. "It's but two days gone since he nearly
+pulled the lug off me because I was running after a rabbit that
+was eating up our garden. He's terrible suspicious, is Angus, and
+he's mad at us besides."
+
+"What for?" asked the boy.
+
+"I stepped on him by accident," explained Jock, "and butted him
+into the burn."
+
+"No wonder he was mad," laughed the boy. "Come on, now. Surely a
+body can fish. There's no law against that!"
+
+"Well," said Sandy, "law or no law, Angus is against it, and the
+Auld Laird is terrible particular. He's going to turn out all the
+farmers in this region and make it into a great game preserve.
+Nothing else. You're strange hereabouts, I doubt, or you'd ken
+all this yourself. Where are you from?"
+
+"I'm from London," replied the boy. "I'm staying with Eppie
+McLean at the castle."
+
+"Are you, now?" gasped Sandy. "Is Eppie your aunt, maybe? She'll
+be telling you about Angus herself."
+
+"Eppie's not my aunt," said the boy. "She's a friend of my
+mother, and my mother got her to take me in because I've been
+sick, and she thought I'd get strong up here, and I'm not going
+to have my summer spoiled by Angus Niel or any other old bogie
+man. Stand back now while I cast."
+
+He swung his rod over his head, and the fly fell with a flop in
+the middle of the pool. He waited a breathless instant while
+Jock, Sandy, and Jean watched the fly with him, and then, as
+nothing happened, he cast again. When several such attempts
+brought no result, he said, "You're sure they 're there?"
+
+"They're lying at the bottom as soft as a baby in a cradle," said
+Jean. "I could catch them with a skimmer! Gin they don't bite,
+maybe I'll try it!"
+
+Jock looked at Jean in amazement.
+
+"You're a braw lassie, Jean Campbell," he said severely, "and you
+just telling about Angus Niel!"
+
+"T'was yourself and Sandy here telling about Angus Niel," Jean
+answered. "I said nothing at all about him. I'm not afraid of
+him, either."
+
+"Good for you!" said the new boy with admiration. "You can have a
+turn with my rod. Try it once before you get the skimmer!"
+
+Jean sprang to her feet and took the rod, though she had never
+had one like it in her hand before. She made a mighty sweep with
+it as she had seen the new boy do, but somehow the fly flew off
+in an unexpected direction and caught in a tree, while the line
+wound itself in a hopeless snarl around the tip. Jock and Sandy,
+who had stood by, green with envy, clapped their hands over their
+mouths and danced with mirth.
+
+"It looks easy," said poor Jean mournfully, "but maybe I'd best
+stick to the skimmer when I fish."
+
+"Oh, it always does that the first time," said the new boy
+comfortingly, as he rescued the fly and straightened out the
+line.
+
+"When a girl tries to do it," added Jock witheringly.
+
+The new boy held out the rod.
+
+"You try it," he said to Jock, and Jock, full of confidence, did
+not wait for a second invitation.
+
+"Look here, Jean," he said. "This is the way you do it."
+
+He swung the rod with a mighty flourish over his head, bud alas,
+the fly surprised him too. It caught in Sandy's trousers and
+surprised Sandy as well. Not only that, it scratched him.
+
+"Ow!" howled Sandy, leaping about like a monkey on the end of the
+string. "Leave go of me!"
+
+There was a snarl even worse than Jean's, too, and between that
+and Sandy's jumping about it was some time before the line was
+disentangled and the hook freed so that Sandy was able to take
+his turn. Jean, meanwhile, said nothing at all, for Jock looked
+so crestfallen that she hadn't the heart. When Sandy tried it
+things were still worse, for the fly flew about so wildly that
+Jock and Jean fled before it and hid behind some bushes.
+
+"Whoever could catch fish with such gewgaws as them anyway?" said
+Sandy scornfully, when a second attempt brought no better result.
+"The fish aren't used to it."
+
+Jock rolled up his sleeves, crept to the side of the burn, and
+looked over into the pool.
+
+"Hold to me, Sandy," he said, and Sandy immediately sat down on
+his legs. Then Jock suddenly plunged his arms into the water and
+before the fish could whisk their tails he had caught one in his
+hand and thrown it on the grass.
+
+Springing to his feet and upsetting Sandy, he jumped to a rock in
+the middle of the brook and caught two more. It was now the new
+boy's turn to be astonished. Apparently Jock had stirred up a
+whole school of trout, for Sandy, following Jock's lead, also
+leaped into the stream, and in a few moments six fine trout were
+flopping about the grass.
+
+"Let's build a fire and cook them," urged the new boy, whose name
+they soon learned was Alan McRae. "And if old Angus Niel comes
+nosing around we'll offer him a bite! He can do nothing with four
+of us, anyway, unless he shoots us, and he'd hang for that. Come
+on!"
+
+By this time they were all so thrilled with the sport and were
+having such fun that nobody thought any more about Angus anyway,
+so Jean ran for a pan, while Jock and Sandy cleaned the fish with
+Alan's knife, and Alan gathered dry twigs and bracken for the
+fire. Jean brought down some scones, which she split and spread
+with butter while the fish were frying. When they were done to a
+golden brown she put a hot fish on each piece of scone and handed
+them out to the boys, and when they had eaten every scrap they
+buried the fish-bones in case Angus should come that way.
+
+After lunch Jean went to wring out the clothes and hang them on
+the bushes to dry, while Jock and Sandy examined Alan's wonderful
+book of flies and his reel, and even the creel in which he was to
+have put the fish, if he had caught any.
+
+"Losh, man!" exclaimed Sandy, swaggering about with his hands in
+his pockets, "that's all very well. Aye, it's a good game, and
+you might go dandering along a stream all day playing with it,
+but if you really want fish, just go after 'em yourself! That's
+my way. Guddling for trout like you saw me and Jock do, that's
+the real sport!"
+
+"I believe you," said Alan. "I'm going to try it myself. Come on.
+Let's go farther up stream and see if we can find another good
+fishing-hole. I told Eppie I'd bring her a fish to her tea, and
+I'd hate to go back with nothing at all," and the three boys
+disappeared in the woods.
+
+Jean finished her work by the brook and went to the house to make
+more scones, for the picnic had exhausted the supply and they
+used no other bread. She bustled about the kitchen, mixing,
+spreading them on the girdle over the fire, keeping the coals
+bright, and turning them out nicely browned on the mixing-board.
+She was just finishing the sixth one, when there was a great
+thumping at the door, and she ran to see what was the matter.
+There on the doorstep stood the three boys, Alan dripping wet
+from head to heel, shivering with cold, and with mud and water
+running from him in streams. Jean threw up her hands.
+
+"It's most michty," she cried, "if I can't ever bake scones in
+this kitchen without some man body coming in half drowned to mess
+up my clean floor! However did you go and drop yourself in the
+burn, Alan McRae? 'Deed and I wonder that your mother lets you go
+out alone, you're that careless with yourself. And you not long
+out of a sick bed, too."
+
+"He was guddling for trout," shouted Jock and Sandy in one
+breath; "and the hole was deep. There was no one sitting on him,
+and syne over he went!"
+
+Jean seized Alan by the shoulder and drew him into the kitchen,
+and set him to drip on the hearth while she gave her orders.
+
+"Jock, do you fill the basin with warm water, and you, Sandy, put
+more peat on the fire. He must have a rinse with hot water and
+something hot to drink."
+
+"What'll he do for clothes?" cried Jock.
+
+"Dinna fash yourself about clothes," said Jean, rummaging
+furiously in the "kist." "I'm laying out Father's old kilts he
+had when he was a boy. He can put them on till his own things are
+dry. Here's a towel for you," she added, tossing one to Alan.
+"Rub yourself down well, and when you've dressed, just give a
+chap at the door, and I'll come in and get you a sup of tea."
+
+Then she disappeared. You can imagine what the kitchen looked
+like when she came back again. Alan's wet clothes were spread out
+on her father's chair by the fire, and Alan, gorgeous in his
+plaid kiltie, was strutting back and forth giving an imitation of
+the bagpipes on his nose, with Jock and Sandy marching behind him
+singing "Do ye ken John Peel with his coat so gay" at the top of
+their lungs.
+
+"Have you gone clean daft?" Jean shouted. "Sit down by the fire and
+get out of my way while I mop up after you!"
+
+The boys each seized one of the kitchen stools without stopping
+the song and marched with it to the hearth, and when they came to
+"Peel's view halloo would awaken the dead," they gave a howl that
+nearly brought down the ham from the rafters as they banged them
+down on the hearth-stones. Jean clapped her hands over her ears
+and ran for the mop, and in no time at all the puddles had
+disappeared and the boys were drinking tea by the fire.
+
+Of course, Alan had no shoes to put on because his were soaking
+wet, and as it was now late in the afternoon it began to be a
+question how he should get back to the castle. It was still cold
+for going barefoot, and he was not used to it besides, and his
+clothes certainly would not be fit to put on for a long time.
+They held a consultation. Alan thought he could go without shoes.
+
+"You'll do nothing of the kind," said Jean firmly. "What sickness
+was it you had, anyway?"
+
+"Measles," said Alan, looking ashamed of it.
+
+"Measles!" shouted Sandy. "That's naught but a baby disease. My
+little sister had that. Sal, but I've had worse things the matter
+with me! I've had the fever, and once I cut my toe with the axe!"
+
+"Hold your tongue, Sandy," said Jean, "and dinna boast! If Alan's
+had measles he can't go back to the castle barefoot; so you must
+just be stepping yourself, and stop by at the castle to tell
+Eppie McLean that Alan will bide here till his things are dry."
+
+Sandy rose reluctantly and set down his empty mug.
+
+"Well, then, if I must, I must," he said, and started off down the
+hill whistling.
+
+
+
+
+V. EVENING IN THE WEE BIT HOOSIE
+
+
+When he was out of sight, Jean brought in the washing and then it
+was time to get supper. Alan helped set the table and kept the
+fire bright under the pot, while Jock fed the hens and brought in
+the eggs; and when the Shepherd and Tam returned from the hills,
+you can imagine how surprised they were to find three children
+waiting for them instead of two. At supper the Shepherd had to be
+told all the adventures of the day and how it happened that Alan
+was wearing the kilts, and by the time it was over you would have
+thought they had known each other all their lives. While Jean
+cleared away the dishes, the Shepherd drew his chair to the fire
+and beckoned Alan to him.
+
+"Come here, laddie," he said, "and give us a look at your
+plaidie. It's been lying there in the kist, and I've not seen a
+sight of it since I was a lad. It's the Campbell plaid, ye ken,
+and I mind once when I was a lad I was on my way home from the
+kirk and a hare crossed my path. It's ill luck for a hare to
+cross your path, and fine I proved it. I clean forgot it was the
+Sabbath and louped the dyke after him. My kiltie caught on a
+stone, and there I was hanging upside down. My father loosed me,
+but my kiltie was torn and I had to go to bed without my supper
+for breaking the Sabbath."
+
+"Is the hole there yet?" asked Jean.
+
+"Na, na;" said the Shepherd. "You didn't think your grandmother
+was such a thriftless wifie as that! She mended the hole so that
+you could never find where it had been."
+
+He examined fold after fold carefully.
+
+"There, now," he exclaimed at last, "if you want to see mending
+that would make you proud to wear it, look at that."
+
+Jean and Jock stuck their heads over his shoulder, and Alan
+twisted himself nearly in two trying to see his own back.
+
+"We have a plaid a good deal like this," said Alan, looking
+closely at the pattern. "My mother's name was McGregor, but she
+has relations named Campbell."
+
+"Are you really a Scotch body, then?" cried Robin with new
+interest in Alan. "I thought you were an English boy."
+
+"I live in London," Alan answered, "but my mother's people are
+all Scotch, and she loves Scotland. That's one reason why she
+sent me up here to be with Eppie McLean."
+
+"Losh, mannie," cried the Shepherd, "if you have Campbell
+relatives and your mother's name was McGregor, it's likely you
+are a descendant from old Rob Roy himself, and if so, we're all
+kinsmen. Inversnaid, where Rob Roy's cave is, is but a few miles
+from here, and it was in this very country that he hid himself
+among rocks and caves, giving to the poor with his left hand what
+he took from the rich with his right. Well, well, laddie, the
+old clans are scattered now, but blood is thicker than water
+still, and you're welcome to the fireside of your kinsman!"
+
+"Is he really a relation?" cried Jean and Jock eagerly.
+
+"Well," said the Scotchman cautiously, "I'm not saying he is
+precisely, but I'm not saying he is not, either. The Campbells
+and the McGregors have lived in these parts for better than two
+hundred years, and it's not likely that Alan could lay claim to
+both names and be no relation at all. If there were still clans,
+as there used to be in the old days, we'd all belong to the same
+one, and that I do not doubt."
+
+"I'm sure I'd like that," said Alan, and Jock was so delighted
+with his new relative that he stood on his head in the middle of
+the floor to express his feelings. When the excitement had died
+down a bit, Alan drew his stool up beside the Shepherd's knee and
+said: "Won't you please tell us about Rob Roy, Cousin Campbell?
+If he's an ancestor of mine, I ought to know more about him."
+
+"Oh, do, Father," echoed the Twins, planting their stools beside
+the other knee. Even Tam was interested. He sat on the hearth in
+front of the Shepherd, looking up into his face as if he
+understood every word.
+
+The Shepherd gazed thoughtfully into the fire for a moment; then he
+said: "I can tell you what my grandsire told me, and he got it from
+his grandsire, so it must be true. In the beginning Rob Roy was as
+staunch a man as any, and held his own property like other gentlemen.
+Craig Royston was the name of his place, and fine and proud he was of
+it, too. He was a gey shrewd man in the cattle-dealing, and his
+neighbor, the Duke of Montrose, thinking to benefit his own estate,
+lent Rob money to set him up in the trade. There was a pawky rascal
+named McDonald who was partner to Rob, and didn't he run away with the
+money, leaving Rob in debt to the Duke and nothing to pay him with?
+The Duke foreclosed on Rob at once, and took away Craig Royston and
+added it to his own estate. You can well believe that Rob was not the
+man to take such dealings with patience. If the Duke had not been so
+hasty, Rob would more than likely have got hold of McDonald and made
+him pay either out of his purse or out of his skin, but he did neither
+the one nor the other. Instead he left his home and took his clan with
+him into the mountains and became the terror of the whole
+country-side."
+
+"Wasn't he a good man?" asked Jean, gazing at her father with
+round eyes.
+
+"Well," said the Shepherd, "not just what you'd call pious,
+maybe, and it cannot be said that he was aye regular at the kirk.
+It's true he never forgot an enemy, but he never forgot a
+kindness either and was loyal and true to them that were true to
+him."
+
+"What did he do when they weren't true to him?" asked Jock.
+
+"He made them wish they had been," replied the Shepherd mildly.
+
+"But what made the Duke of Montrose take away Craig Royston?"
+asked Jock. "Didn't he have a great big place of his own?"
+
+"Aye," answered Robin, "but what difference does that make? The
+more land he had, the more land he wanted, the same as other
+lairds. Be that as it may, Craig Royston was certainly taken away
+from Rob, and a bitter man it made of him."
+
+"Why, it's just like ourselves and the Auld Laird," cried Jean.
+"He's going to take away our home from us!"
+
+"It's not just the same, little woman," said the Shepherd, laying
+his big brown hand on Jean's small one on his knee. "But the loss
+of it hurts just the same. Rob Roy loved Craig Royston no better
+than we love this wee bit hoosie."
+
+"But why must you go, then?" asked Alan, his eyes shining with
+interest and sympathy.
+
+"You see; lad," answered the Shepherd, "it's like the tale of the
+dog in the manger. The Auld Laird will neither use the land nor
+let us." He explained about the lease, and when he had finished,
+Alan said, "But what will you do when you leave this place?"
+
+"I'm spiering the same question myself," answered the Shepherd.
+"As yet I dinna ken."
+
+"I tell you what," shouted Jock, springing to his feet and
+knocking over his stool. "Why don't we live in the caves the way
+Rob Roy did? If the Crumpets and all the people who have to give
+up their homes should band together in a clan and hide themselves
+in the glen, the Auld Laird could send all the Mr. Craigies and
+Angus Niels in the world after us and they'd never get us!"
+
+The Shepherd smiled and shook his head. "The time for that has
+gone by," he said sadly. "Na, na, we must just submit. But one
+thing I do know, and that is, we'll not seek a place with the
+Laird of Kinross. They say he will let his land to none but
+members of the Established Church, and I'll not give up my
+religion for any man not if I'm forever walking the world!"
+
+"But come, now," he went on, seeing them downcast, "you all have
+faces on you as long as a summer Sabbath. Cheer up, and I'll tell
+you a tale my grandfather told me of the water cow of Loch Leven.
+You mind the song says, 'The Campbells are coming from bonnie
+Loch Leven.' Well, it was around that loch that the Campbells
+pastured their cattle. One day when my grandsire was a young lad
+he was playing with some other children on the pastures near the
+shore, when all of a sudden what should they see among their own
+cows but a fine young dun-colored heifer without any horns. She
+was lying by herself on the green grass, chewing her cud and
+looking so gentle and pretty that the children played around her
+without fear. They wound a wreath of daisies and put it on her
+neck, and then they got on her back. The cow stretched out longer
+and longer to make room for them until they were all on her back
+except my grandsire. Then all of a sudden the dun cow rose up,
+first on her hind legs, tipping the children all forward, and
+then on her forelegs tipping them all back ward, yet no one fell
+off at all, and when she was up on her feet, didn't she start
+straight away for the deep waters of the loch? The children
+screamed and tried to get off her back, but no matter how hard
+they tried, there they stuck. My grandsire ran screaming toward
+them, and put up his hand to pull them down, and his finger
+touched the dun cow's back! Now never believe me, if his finger
+didn't stick so he could not pull it away, and by that he knew
+the dun heifer for a water cow and that she had bewitched the
+children. He was being dragged along with them toward the water,
+when all of a sudden he slipped out his knife and with one blow
+chopped off his own finger and he was wanting that finger till
+the day of his death."
+
+"What became of the others?" gasped Alan, his black eyes glowing
+like coals.
+
+"They went on the dun cow's back into the lake, and the water
+closed over them and they were never seen again," said the
+Shepherd, "and that's the end of the tale."
+
+While the Shepherd talked, the twilight had deepened into
+darkness, the fire had died down, and the corners of the room
+were filled with mysterious tricky shadows that danced with the
+flickering flames on the hearth. Jean looked fearfully over her
+shoulder. There was a creepy feeling in the back of her neck, and
+Jock's eyes were as round as door-knobs. The Shepherd laughed at
+them.
+
+"Good children have little to fear from the fairy folk," he said.
+"Come, now, your eyes are fair sticking out of your heads. I'll
+give you a skirl on the bagpipes if Jeanie'll bring them from the
+closet. Jock, stir up the fire, and Alan, give your clothes a
+turn and see if they are drying."
+
+The children ran to do these errands, and in a moment the fire
+was flaming gayly up the chimney, chasing the murky shadows out
+of the corners and making the room bright and cheerful again,
+while the Shepherd, tucking the bag under his arm, stirred the
+echoes on old Ben Vane with the wild strains of "Bonnie Doon" and
+"Over the Water to Charlie." At last he struck up the music of
+the Highland Fling, and the three children sprang to the middle
+of the floor and danced the wild Scotch dance together.
+
+Just as the fun was at its height, and Alan, looking very
+handsome in his kilts, was doing the heel and toe with great
+energy, there came a loud rap at the door. Instantly everything
+stopped, just as short as Cinderella's ball did when the clock
+struck twelve, and the Shepherd, laying aside his bagpipes,
+opened the door. There stood a man with a bundle on his arm.
+"Eppie McLean sent these clothes to the lad," he said, handing
+the bundle to the Shepherd, "and he's to come back along with
+me." Alan took the bundle, thanked the man, and disappeared with
+Jock into "the room," where he changed his clothes, returning the
+kilts, with regret, to Jock. "I've had just a grand day," he said
+to Jean and the Shepherd as he shook hands and took leave of them
+in the kitchen afterward. "I'll be back to-morrow for my
+clothes."
+
+"Come back and play then," said Jock.
+
+When he was gone, Jean folded the kilts away in the closet again.
+"He's a fine braw laddie," said the Shepherd.
+
+"Aye," said Jock. "He had two suits of clothes, one as good as
+the other, but he was not proud."
+
+"I wonder what his father's work is," said Jean.
+
+"He never spoke of his father at all, just his mother," said
+Jock, and at that moment the wag-at-the-wall clock struck nine.
+
+"Havers!" said Jean. "Look at the hour, Jock Campbell! Get you to
+your bed."
+
+
+
+
+VI. TWO DISCOVERIES
+
+
+That night Jock dreamed of water cows, and clans dressed in
+kilts, and when Sandy appeared the next morning, his head was
+still buzzing with wild schemes of adventure.
+
+"Come awa', Sandy," he said, "let's explore. We'll go up the burn
+and see if we can't find out where it begins."
+
+"What'll we do for lunch?" asked Sandy, who was practical. "I
+brought a scone with me--but it'll never be enough for two."
+
+"Ho!" said Jock. "If Rob Roy and all his men could live in caves
+all the time and take care of themselves, I guess we can do it
+for one day. We can fish, and maybe we might find some birds'
+eggs. I'm not afraid."
+
+"What about Alan?" asked Jean.
+
+"If he comes to play, tell him to follow us right up the burn and
+keep whistling the pewit's call three times over, and if we don't
+see him, we'll hear him," said Jock. "There's no danger of not
+finding us if he follows the water," and he and Sandy set forth
+at once.
+
+Jean had finished her work and was wondering what to do with the
+long day which stretched before her, when Alan came running up
+the hill and burst into the kitchen.
+
+"Look here what I've got, Jean," he said, thumping a parcel down
+on the kitchen table and tearing it open. "Eppie put this up for
+me."
+
+Jean looked and there was a whole pound of bacon, three big
+scones, and a dozen eggs. "Save us!" cried Jean, clasping her
+hands in admiration. "What will you do with it all?"
+
+"I'll show you!" said Alan. "Where's Jock?"
+
+"He and Sandy have gone up the burn, exploring," said Jean. "They
+said you were to follow, and if you didn't find them, keep
+whistling the pewit's call three times till they answered you."
+
+"What is the pewit's call?" asked Alan.
+
+"Michty me!" said Jean. "Think of not knowing that!" She pursed
+up her lips and whistled "Pee-wit, pee-wit, pee-wit."
+
+"You see, we don't have them in London;" Alan apologetically
+explained, "unless it's in the Zoo; but I say, Jean, aren't you
+coming, too? You're as good as a boy any day. Come along!"
+
+"All right," said Jean. "I wanted to dreadfully. I'll get a
+basket for the lunch." She went to the closet and brought out a
+basket which her father had made out of split willow twigs,
+packed the lunch in it, and off they started.
+
+They passed the place where the fish-bones were buried, and the
+spot where Alan had fallen into the water the day before, and
+then plunged into the deep pine forest which filled the glen and
+covered the mountain-sides. The pine-needles lay thick on the
+ground, and above them the pine boughs waved in the breeze,
+making a soft sighing sound, "like a giant breathing," Jean said.
+The silence deepened as they went farther and farther into the
+woods. There was only the purring of the water, the occasional
+snapping of a twig, or the lonely cry of a bird to break the
+stillness. It was dark, too, except where the sunshine, breaking
+through the thick branches overhead, made spots of golden light
+upon the pine-needles.
+
+"It's almost solemn; isn't it?" said Jean to Alan in a hushed
+voice. "I was never so far in the woods before."
+
+"I wonder which side of the burn the boys went. If we should
+take the wrong side, we might not find them," said Alan.
+
+"Let's whistle," said Jean. She puckered her lips and gave the
+pewit call, but there was no answer.
+
+"Perhaps they didn't hear it because the burn makes such a noise.
+It keeps growing louder and louder," said Alan.
+
+Whistling and listening for an answer at every few steps, they
+climbed over rocks and fallen trees, keeping as close as possible
+to the stream, until suddenly they found themselves gazing up at
+a beautiful waterfall which came gushing from a pile of giant
+rocks reaching up among the topmost boughs of the pines.
+
+"Oh, it's bonny! but how shall we get up?" cried Jean.
+
+"We must just find a way," said Alan.
+
+"It's a grand place for robbers and
+poachers," said Jean, looking fearsomely at the cliffs stretching
+far above them. "Angus Niel says the forests are full of them."
+
+"I'd as soon meet a poacher as Angus Niel himself," said Alan,
+laughing, "but I'm not afraid as long as you're with me. It's
+Angus that's afraid of you, Jock says."
+
+Jean laughed too. "I'm not afraid when I'm in my own kitchen, but
+it's different in the woods," she said.
+
+Alan had been nosing around among the rocks as they talked,
+getting nearer and nearer to the fall, and now he suddenly
+disappeared, and for a few moments Jean was quite alone in the
+woods. Soon Alan reappeared from behind the fall itself and
+beckoned her to follow him.
+
+Jean was looking at the wall of rock which loomed above them.
+"Sal!" she remarked, "we'll be needing wings to get up there, or
+we'll smash all the eggs for sure."
+
+For answer Alan popped out of sight again behind the fall, and
+Jean, following closely in his wake, was just in time to catch
+sight of his legs as he dived into a hole opening into the rocky
+wall. The cliff from which the water plunged overhung the rocks
+below in such a way that she could pass behind the veil of water
+without getting wet at all.
+
+Into this mysterious opening behind the fall Jean followed her
+leader, and found herself climbing a narrow dry channel through
+which the stream had once forced its way. It was a hard, rough
+scramble up a narrow passage worn by the water and through holes
+almost too small to squeeze through, but at last she saw Alan's
+heels just disappearing over the edge of a jutting rock and knew
+they were coming out into daylight again. An instant later Alan's
+head appeared in the opening, his hand reached down to help her
+up, and with one last effort she came out upon an open ledge and
+looked about her.
+
+She could not help an exclamation of delight at what she saw. The
+rock was so high that they could look out over the treetops clear
+to the slope where the little gray house stood. The waterfall,
+plunging from a still higher level, made a barrier on one side of
+them, and on the other side the cliff rose, a sheer wall of rock.
+Between the wall of water and the wall of rock there was a cave
+extending into the solid rock for a distance of about twenty
+feet. There was absolutely no way of reaching this fastness
+except through the hidden stair, and one might wander for years
+through the forest and never see it at all.
+
+"Oh," exclaimed Jean, "it's wonderful! How Jock will love this
+place! Don't you believe this very cave was used by Rob Roy and
+his men?" and Alan, swelling with pride to think he had found it
+all himself, said yes, he was sure of it.
+
+"I tell you what we'll do," cried Alan, a minute later. "We'll
+just leave the basket here in the cave, and when we've found the
+boys we'll come back and have our lunch here."
+
+They tucked the basket away out of sight on a rocky shelf in the
+cave, and found their way down the steep rough stairway to the
+bed of the stream again and, making a wide detour, came out above
+the fall. They struggled on for nearly a mile farther still
+without finding any trace of the boys, and were beginning to be
+discouraged, when they saw a break in the trees with glimpses of
+blue sky beyond, and a few moments later came out upon the shores
+of a tiny mountain lake, shining like a beautiful blue jewel in
+the dark setting of the pine trees on its banks.
+
+Beyond the lake the purple peaks of higher mountains made a
+ragged outline against the sky. The sun was now almost directly
+overhead; the waters of the lake were still, and its lovely
+shores were mirrored on the placid surface. A great eagle soared
+in stately circles in the deep blue sky. It was so beautiful and
+so still that the children stood a moment among the rocks where
+the tarn emptied itself into the mountain stream to look at it.
+
+"It's just the place for a water cow, or a horse maybe," Jean
+whispered to Alan.
+
+"Sh!" was Alan's only reply. He seized Jean's hand and dragged hear
+down behind a rock and pointed toward the south. There, coming out of
+the woods, was a beautiful stag. It poised its noble head, and sniffed
+the air, as if it suspected there might be human beings about, and
+then stepped daintily to the lake-shore and bent to drink. Its lips
+had scarcely touched the water when the children were startled by the
+loud report of a gun.
+
+"Poachers," gasped Jean, hiding her face and wishing they had
+never come. "Oh, where are Jock and Sandy?" Her only thought was
+to make herself as small as possible and keep out of sight behind
+the rocks, but Alan peered through the screen of bushes which hid
+the rock and made violent gestures to Jean to make her look, too.
+Jean crawled on her hands and knees to Alan's side, and when she
+looked, what she saw made her so angry that she would have sprung
+to her feet if Alan had not held her down with a fierce grip. The
+stag was lying by the lake-shore, and a man with the muzzle of
+his gun still smoking was running toward it from the woods. The
+man was Angus Niel!
+
+Jean was so astonished that for an instant she could not believe
+her own eyes. The two children flattened themselves out on their
+stomachs and watched him pull a boat from its hiding-place among
+some bushes on the shore, paddle quietly to the spot where the
+dead stag lay, and load it swiftly into the boat. Then he raced
+back to the woods again and reappeared, carrying a string of dead
+rabbits. These also he crowded into the boat, and then, taking up
+the oars, rowed across the lake to a landing-place on the other
+side. The children watched him, scarcely breathing in their
+excitement, until he had unloaded his game from the boat and
+disappeared into the woods, dragging the body of the stag after
+him. In a few moments he came back for the rabbits and, having
+disposed of them in the same mysterious way, returned to the
+boat.
+
+Then Jean exploded in a fierce whisper. "The old thief!" she
+said, shaking her fist after him. "He's the poacher himself!
+That's why he never brings any one before the bailie, though he's
+always telling about catching them at it! And he making such a
+fuss because Jock chased the rabbit that was eating up our
+garden! Oh, oh, oh!"
+
+She clutched Alan and shook him in her boiling indignation. Alan
+laughed and shook her back. "I didn't do it, you little
+spitfire!" he whispered, and Jean moaned, "Oh, I know it, Alan,
+but I can't catch him and I'm so angry I've just got to do
+something to somebody."
+
+"Do you know what that old thief does?" said Alan. "He sends
+that game down to the city--to Glasgow, or Edinburgh, or even
+London, maybe--and gets a lot of money for it! No wonder he tells
+big stories to make people afraid to go into the woods."
+
+"I hope he won't meet the boys," moaned Jean. "Jock would be sure
+to let his tongue loose, and then maybe he'd shoot him too!"
+
+"Listen," said Alan. He gave the pewit's call and waited. It was
+answered from a point so near that they were startled. They
+looked in every direction but saw nothing of the boys.
+
+"Maybe it was a real pewit after all," whispered Jean, but just
+then a tiny pebble struck Alan's cap, and, looking around in the
+direction from which it came, he saw two freckled faces rise up
+from behind the rock on the opposite side of the spring.
+
+"There they are," he said, punching Jean and pointing; "they came
+up the other side of the burn." Then, making a cup of his hands,
+he called across the stream, "Did you see him?" The boys nodded.
+"Slip back as fast as you can down that side of the burn," Alan
+said, "and we'll meet at the fall. Wait at the foot if you get
+there first. We've got something to show you. Whist, and be
+quick, for he'll be coming back before long, and this way like as
+not."
+
+Jock and Sandy nodded and disappeared, and Alan and Jean,
+springing from their hiding-place, hurried as fast as they could
+down their side of the stream to the trysting-place.
+
+
+
+
+VII. THE CLAN
+
+
+When Jean and Alan reached the waterfall, they found Jock and Sandy
+there before them. "Come over to our side," Alan called. The two boys
+ran further down stream and crossed the brook on stones which stood
+out of the water, and in a moment more were back again at the foot of
+the fall.
+
+"What have you got to show us?" demanded Jock. "I hope it's
+something to eat." Jock had bitterly regretted his morning
+decision to find his food in the forest. The scone which Sandy
+had brought from home had been divided and eaten long ago; and
+all four of the children were now so hungry that they could think
+of nothing else, not even of Angus Niel and their adventures by
+the lake.
+
+Alan looked cautiously around in every direction. "Follow me, and
+keep quiet tongues in your heads," he said. Then he disappeared
+under the fall, and Jean instantly followed him. For a moment
+Jock and Sandy were as mystified as Jean had been when Alan first
+found the secret stairway, but it was not long before they, too,
+saw the hole in the rock, plunged in and, following the winding
+passage-way, came out upon the top of the rock.
+
+"There," said Alan, beaming with pride, as he displayed his
+wonderful lair, "doesn't this beat Robinson Crusoe all to pieces?
+If he had found a place like this on his desert island, he
+wouldn't have had to build a stockade or anything."
+
+"It's one of the very caves where Rob Roy hid! I'm sure of it,"
+Jock declared with conviction, and Sandy was so overcome with
+admiration that he turned a back somersault and almost upset
+Jean, who was coming out of the cave with the basket on her arm.
+
+"You see," said Alan, "we could stay here a week if we had food
+enough, and never come down at all. All we'd have to do for water
+would be to hold a pan under the edge of the fall. There's no way
+of getting up here except by the secret stair, and that's not
+easy to find. There never was such a place for fun."
+
+Sandy had righted himself by this time and was gazing
+ecstatically at the basket, which Jean had begun to unpack.
+"Losh!" he cried. "Look, Jock! Bacon and eggs and scones! Oh, my
+word!" Jock gave one look and whooped for joy.
+
+"Keep still," said Alan. "Angus may be coming back this way, and
+he has a gun with him. We're safe enough up here, if we keep
+quiet, but if you go howling around like that, he'll surely hunt
+for the noise."
+
+For a moment they kept quiet and listened, but there was no sound
+except the noise of the falling waters. "Huh!" Sandy snorted, "he
+couldn't hear anything, anyway. The roar of the fall hides all
+the other noises."
+
+"Oh, let's eat!" begged Jock, caressing his empty stomach and
+gazing longingly at the food.
+
+"You can't eat now," said Jean; "the food must be cooked first,
+and what shall we do for a fire?"
+
+"We could make one right here on the rock," said Alan, "if we had
+something to burn. I've got matches."
+
+"We'll have to get twigs and dry pine-needles and broken
+branches," said Jock, "and bring them up the secret stair, though
+it'll be hard work getting them through the narrow places. We
+ought to have a rope. We could pull a basketful up over the edge
+of the rock as easy as nothing."
+
+"We'll bring a rope next time," said Alan. "Hurry! I'm starving!"
+
+The three boys disappeared down the secret stair, and while they
+were gone, Jean found loose stones, with which she made a support
+for the frying-pan around a space for the fire. The boys were
+soon back with plenty of small fuel, and in a short time a bright
+fire was blazing on the rock and there was a wonderful smell of
+frying bacon in the air. The boys sat cross-legged around the
+fire, while Jean turned the bacon and broke the eggs into the
+sputtering fat.
+
+"You look just exactly like Tam watching the rabbit-hole,"
+laughed Jean. "I wonder you don't paw the ground and bark!"
+
+At last the scones were handed out, each one laden with a slice
+of bacon and a fried egg, and there was blissful silence for some
+moments.
+
+"Oh, aren't you glad you didn't die of the measles and miss
+this?" Sandy said to Alan, rolling over on his back and waving
+his legs in the air as he finished his third egg. Alan's mouth
+was too full for a reply other than a cordial grunt.
+
+"Why, Sandy Crumpet!" exclaimed Jean, reprovingly, "don't you
+believe heaven is nicer than Scotland?"
+
+"Maybe it is," Sandy admitted, doubtfully, "but I like this
+better than sitting around playing on harps and trumpets the way
+the angels do."
+
+"Sandy Crumpet played the trumpet," howled Jock in derision.
+"Indeed and indeed, Sandy, I like this better than having to hear
+you." Then, before Sandy could think of an answer a memory of the
+catechism crossed his mind, and he added as afterthought, "How do
+you ken you're one of the elect, anyway, Sandy Crumpet? If you're
+not, you'd not be playing on any trumpets, or harps either, but
+like as not frying in the hot place like that bacon there."
+
+Sandy rushed to the defense of his character. "I'm just as elect
+as you are, Jock Campbell," he said.
+
+This time Jock had no answer ready, and Jean reproved them both.
+"Shame on you!" she said. "You'll neither one of you get so much
+as a taste of heaven, I doubt, and you talking like that."
+
+"Where will Angus Niel be going, then, when he dies?" asked Jock.
+"I don't just mind whether there's a chance for thieves, but the
+Bible says drunkards and such-like stand no chance at all."
+
+"It's not for us to judge," said Jean primly, "but I have my
+opinion."
+
+Alan had been busily eating during this conversation, and now he
+joined in. "I say," he began, "I'm not worrying about what will
+become of Angus Niel after he's dead. I want to know what's going
+to be done with him right now. We're the only ones that know
+about this. Are we just going to keep whist, or shall we tell on
+him?"
+
+"Let's tell on him!" shouted Sandy.
+
+"Who'll you be telling?" said Jean with some scorn.
+
+"Why, the bailie, maybe, or the Auld Laird himself," said Sandy.
+
+"Havers!" said Jean. "You're a braw lad to go hobnobbing with
+the bailie. He'll not believe you, anyway; he's a friend of Angus
+himself, and, as for the Auld Laird, how would you get hold of
+him at all, and he far away in London?"
+
+Sandy subsided, crushed, and then Jock had a bright idea. "I tell
+you what we'll do," he cried, springing to his feet. "Let's have
+a clan, like Rob Roy, and we'll just badger the life out of Angus
+Niel. We'll never let him know who we are, but keep kim forever
+stepping and give him no rest. If he thinks somebody's following
+him up all the time, he'll not sleep easy o' nights!"
+
+This suggestion was greeted with riotous applause. "He'd not
+sleep easy if he knew Jean was after him, I'll go bail," laughed
+Alan.
+
+"Hooray!" shouted Sandy, waving his legs frantically. "What shall
+we call it?"
+
+"Let's call it the Rob Roy Clan," said Alan.
+
+"Hooray!" roared Sandy again.
+
+"If we're a Clan, we'll have to have a chief," said Jean, "and if
+the Chief bids us do anything, we'll just have to do it. That's
+the way it was in the real Rob Roy Clan. Father said so."
+
+"Jock thought of it first. Let him be Chief," said Alan.
+
+"No!" cried Jean promptly. "Are you thinking I'll put my head in
+a bag like that, and he my own brother? 'Deed, I'd never get a
+lick of work out of him on Saturday if I did! Na, na, lads!
+Whoever's Chief, it won't be Jock."
+
+"Maybe you'd like to be the Chief yourself," retorted Jock, "but
+it's enough to be bossed by you at home! Besides, whoever heard
+of a girl being Chief, anyway?"
+
+"Alan can be Chief," said Jean, and so the matter was settled.
+
+"If I'm Chief," said Alan, "you'll all have to swear an oath of
+fealty to me."
+
+"What's an oath of fealty?" Jock demanded suspiciously, and Jean
+added in a shocked voice, "Alan, you'd never be asking us to take
+the name of the Lord in vain!"
+
+"It's not that kind of an oath," laughed Alan. "You just have to
+vow to obey the Chief in everything." Then an idea popped into
+his head. "In a real Clan they are all kinsmen, but here's Sandy,
+and he's neither Campbell nor McGregor. We'll have to make a
+blood brother of him before he can join."
+
+"What's a blood brother? How do you make 'em?" asked Sandy.
+
+"I'll show you," said Alan. He drew his knife from his pocket and
+while the other three watched him in breathless admiration, he
+made a little cut in his wrist and immediately passed the knife
+to Jock. "You do the same," he commanded.
+
+Jock obeyed his Chief and passed the knife to Jean, who promptly
+followed his example.
+
+"Now, Sandy," said Alan.
+
+Sandy hated the sight of blood, and he was a little pale under
+his freckles as he shut his eyes and jabbed himself gingerly with
+the point. Then Alan took a drop of blood from each wrist and
+mingled them with a drop from Sandy's.
+
+"Now, Sandy," he said, as he stirred the compound into a gory
+paste, "you repeat after me, 'My foot is on my native heath, my
+name it is McGregor.'" Sandy obeyed with solemnity, and, this
+important ceremony over, Alan pronounced him a member of the Clan
+in good and regular standing.
+
+Then, by the Chief's orders, Jean, Jock, and Sandy, each in turn
+placed their hands under Alan's hand, while they promised to obey
+him without question in all matters pertaining to the Clan.
+
+"Only," said Jean, "you mustn't tell us to do anything wrong."
+
+"I won't," promised Alan. And so the Rob Roy Clan came into
+being.
+
+Alan took command at once. "We must have a sign," he said. "Just
+like Clan Alpine in 'The Lady of the Lake.' Go, my henchmen," he
+cried, striking a noble attitude, and waving his hand toward the
+forest, "bring hither sprays of the Evergreen Pine, and we'll
+stick 'em in our bonnets just like Roderick Dhu and his men.
+Roderick Vich Alpine Dhu, ho! iero!"
+
+The two boys instantly disappeared down the hole in the rock on
+this errand, leaving Jean and Alan to guard the cave.
+
+
+
+
+VIII. THE POACHERS
+
+
+While all these things were happening, Angus Niel had returned
+from his errand across the little lake, and was making his way
+slowly toward home, following the course of the stream. As he
+came near the fall he stopped and sniffed. There was certainly a
+most appetizing smell of bacon in the air!
+
+"It can't be!" he said aloud to himself. He sniffed again, and
+his face turned purple with rage. "Meat," he snorted, "as I live!
+The bold rascals! Poaching in broad daylight and cooking their
+game right under my nose!" It wasn't under his nose at all, of
+course, for the rock was far above him, and it wasn't game
+either.
+
+"I'll soon cure them of that trick," he muttered, as he climbed
+silently over the rocks and gazed searchingly about. It was not
+long before he caught sight of a thin curl of blue smoke rising
+from the top of the rock.
+
+"Aha!" he growled under his breath, "I've got you now, my bold
+gentlemen! I'll teach you to flaunt your thefts in the face of
+the Laird's own gamekeeper, once I get my hands on you!" At once
+he began nosing about the rocks in search of the path by which
+the poachers had climbed the cliff.
+
+Meanwhile Sandy and Jock had found the sprays of the Evergreen
+Pine and were on their way back to the cave with them, when Jock
+suddenly seized Sandy by the arm and ducked down behind a
+boulder. There, not a hundred feet away, stood Angus Niel gazing
+up at the top of the rock! His back was toward them, and the
+noise of the waterfall had drowned out the sound of voices, or
+they surely would not have escaped his notice. As it was, they
+slipped behind the fall, whisked into the hole, and began
+climbing the secret stair like two frightened squirrels. An
+instant later they startled Alan and Jean, who were in the cave,
+by dashing in after them on all fours.
+
+"What on earth is the matter?" cried Jean.
+
+"Matter, indeed!" gasped Jock, out of breath. "Angus Niel is down
+there, and he's seen the smoke! He almost saw us, but we just
+gave him the slip and got by."
+
+"Keep out of sight, all of you," commanded the Chief, "and leave
+him to me."
+
+The obedient Clan flattened themselves against the back of the
+cave, while Alan crept to the edge of the rock on his stomach
+like a lizard, and, lying there, was able to peep through the
+thick screen of leaves and see what was going on below. The
+gamekeeper was still scrambling over the rocks and looking, as
+Alan said afterward, "for all the world like a dog who had lost
+the trail and was trying to find it again."
+
+As the lookout was well screened, Alan soon allowed the rest of
+the Clan to join him, and Angus Niel little guessed, as he
+prowled about over the rocks, that every move was watched from
+above. Despairing of finding the path, he decided at last to get
+up a tree and make an observation. He selected a large pine which
+grew near the cave and began to climb.
+
+So long as he stood on the ground, the children knew it was
+impossible for Angus to see them, but when he began to climb,
+they scuttled back into the cave as fast as they could go.
+
+Climbing is hard work for a fat man, and the gamekeeper found
+himself covered with pitch before he had gone more than halfway
+up, but he puffed on in spite of difficulties and at last reached
+a point from which he could look directly across the surface of
+the rock, but from which the cave was entirely hidden behind a
+projection in the wall of the cliff.
+
+Angus saw what he supposed to be the whole shelf of the rock, and
+he saw that there was no one there. He could see the fire and the
+frying-pan, the egg shells lying about, and even the portion of
+bacon that Jean had not cooked. They were all in full view, but
+apparently the poachers had gone away into the woods, leaving
+their airy camp deserted. There was no one there; of that he
+felt, certain.
+
+"I'll just give'em a surprise," thought the gamekeeper to
+himself. "If they found a way up, I can, too. I'll help myself to
+a snack of that bacon, and if they come back and find me--well, I
+have my gun with me and I don't like being interrupted at my
+meals."
+
+He backed down the tree like a fat cat, and made a desperate
+search for the path, and this time he actually succeeded in
+finding it. He chuckled to himself as he plunged into the passage
+and began to climb. He had gone about a third of the way up, when
+he reached the narrowest point of the channel and tried to force
+himself through, but the space was so small that no matter how
+much he tried, he could not get by. His gun was in his way too,
+but he could not leave it below, as that would be putting it into
+the hands of the poachers if they should return too soon.
+
+In vain he twisted and squirmed, he could get no farther, and
+moreover he was afraid the gun might go off by accident in his
+struggles. When he found that he could not possibly go up, he
+decided to go down; but he found, to his horror, that he couldn't
+do that either. There he stuck, and an angrier man than Angus
+Niel it would have been hard to find. A projecting rock punched
+him in the stomach, and when he pressed back against the rock
+behind him, to free himself, he scraped the skin off his back.
+Casting prudence to the winds, he howled with pain and rage, and
+the sound, carried up through the narrow passage, echoed in the
+cave like the roar of a lion.
+
+The children, meanwhile, had kept in hiding, and when they heard
+these blood-curdling sounds, they at first did not know what
+caused them, because, of course, they could not see what was
+happening below, but they knew very soon that they were not made
+by a wild animal because wild animals do not swear.
+
+"It's Angus, stuck in the secret stairway," Alan said, smothering
+his laughter. "He's too fat to get through!" He crept to the edge
+and peeped down the hole. There, far below, he could see the top
+of Angus's head and the muzzle of his gun.
+
+The Chief was a boy of great presence of mind. He backed hastily
+away from the hole and ran to the fall, snatching up the pan as
+he passed. This he filled with water and, rushing back, he
+instantly sent a small deluge down upon the head of the hapless
+Angus.
+
+The gamekeeper was dumbfounded by this new attack. Had he not
+with his own eyes seen that the rocky shelf was empty? How, then,
+could this thing be? He rolled his eyes upward, but there was no
+one in sight. He had heard all his life tales of witches and
+water cows, of spells cast upon people by fairies, of their being
+borne away by them into mountain caverns and held as prisoners
+for years and years; and he made up his mind that such a fate had
+now befallen him.
+
+Firmly convinced that he was the victim of enchantment, he became
+palsied with terror, arid began to plead with the unseen
+tormentors who he believed held him in thrall. "Only leave me
+loose, dear good little people," he howled, "and I'll never,
+never trouble you more!"
+
+At this point Alan, shaking with mirth, sent down another panful
+of water, and Angus, redoubling his efforts, wrenched himself
+free, scraping off quantities of skin as he did so. They could
+hear him scuttling down the secret stair as fast as his legs
+would carry him, and when he emerged below, they watched him
+hurry away through the forest, casting fearful glances over his
+shoulder as he ran. Alan made a hollow of his two hands and sent
+after him a wild note, like the wailing of a banshee.
+
+"Angus Niel, Angus Niel," rose the piercing note, "bring back my
+beautiful stag, my stag that lived by the tarn!"
+
+As the sound reached his ears, Angus redoubled his speed, and
+they could hear him crashing through the underbrush as if the
+devil himself were really at his heels.
+
+When the sounds died away in the distance, the Rob Roy Clan
+rolled on the floor of the cave with laughter.
+
+"There!" said Alan, as he sat up and wiped his eyes. "That'll fix
+Angus Niel! We've scared him out of a year's growth, and he'll
+never dare meddle with this place again. Come on, now. It's time
+to go home, but to-morrow we'll come back and fix this place up
+in a way that would make Robinson Crusoe green with envy."
+
+They carefully put water on the ashes of their fire, stuck the
+sprigs of Evergreen Pine in their bonnets, and sped down the
+secret stairway and home.
+
+
+
+
+IX. A RAINY DAY
+
+
+The next morning, as she was finishing the beds, Jean heard the
+pewit call and at once knew that the Clan was abroad. She ran to
+the door, and the three boys came in together,--Jock from the
+garden, where he had been pulling weeds in the potato-patch, and
+Sandy and Alan from the road. They were carrying a large basket,
+and Sandy was laden down with a coil of rope in addition.
+
+"What have you got there?" demanded Jean.
+
+"Stores for the Cave," said Alan, "and a rope to let down from
+the rock. Come on; let's go as soon as we can, for it looks like
+rain and we've got a lot to do to get the cave ready for wet
+weather."
+
+"Where did you get 'em?" asked Jock, eyeing the basket with
+interest and wondering what was inside.
+
+"Oh," said Alan, "I just asked Eppie. She lets me have anything I
+want. My mother told her to stuff me while I'm here, and if I
+take the food off to the woods with me she doesn't have to cook
+it at home, so she's suited, and I am, too."
+
+Jean hastily gathered together a few cooking utensils, and a few
+minutes later the four set forth, carrying the provisions and wearing
+proudly in their bonnets the sprig of pine, the insignia of the Clan.
+The sky was downcast and the woods seemed dark and gloomy as they
+made their way toward the waterfall.
+
+"What'll we do if it rains?" cried Sandy. "It's no such fine
+thing just sitting still in a cave."
+
+"I've a plan in my head," said the Chief. "Wait and see."
+
+As they reached the fall, Alan sent Sandy and Jock to gather
+wood, while Jean guarded the basket at the foot of the rock and
+he himself darted up the secret stairway with the rope. From the
+top he let down the rope and Jean fastened it through the handles
+of the basket. Alan then drew it up, emptied the contents, and
+sent back the basket for the wood which Sandy and Jock had by
+that time collected.
+
+They all worked as swiftly as possible, for the woods were
+growing darker and darker every minute and they could now hear
+the roll of thunder above the noise of the waterfall. They had
+gathered and sent up six basketfuls, when the rain came splashing
+down in earnest, and the Clan scrambled up the secret stair and
+into the cave for shelter. Alan had piled the wood in the cave as
+fast as he had pulled it up, and there was now a fine pile of dry
+fuel.
+
+"Sandy, you build the fire," commanded the Chief, seating himself
+on the wood-pile.
+
+"The rain will put it out," said Sandy.
+
+"Make it in the cave," said Alan.
+
+"Then the smoke will put us out," cried Jean.
+
+"Try it and see," said Alan. "We can't have lunch without a fire,
+for I've brought mealy puddings."
+
+"Mealy puddings!" cried Sandy, licking his lips, and he went to
+work with a will. Fortunately the wind blew from the east, so
+they were not absolutely choked by the smoke, and soon the fire
+was burning briskly; making a spot of flaming color against the
+dark background of the cave. Jock ran to the fall and filled the
+pan with water, and soon the mealy puddings were bobbing merrily
+about in the boiling water, while the boys, snug and safe in the
+shelter of the cave, watched the boughs of the pine trees swaying
+in the wind and waited for Jean to tell them that dinner was
+ready. She could cook but one thing at a time over the fire, but
+it was not long before the feast was spread, and they fell to
+with appetites that caused the food to disappear like dew before
+the morning sun.
+
+"Losh!" said Sandy, rolling over with his feet to the fire, when
+he could eat no more, "I thought you said you had a rainy day
+plan, Chief."
+
+"So I have," said Alan, drawing a little book from his pocket.
+"I'm going to read to you."
+
+Sandy glanced at the book. "Not poetry, Chief!" he said with
+alarm. "Surely you don't mean that!"
+
+"It isn't just poetry," said Alan. "It's a story about Roderick
+Dhu and Clan Alpine, and hunting deer in these very mountains.
+You'll like it, I know."
+
+Sandy groaned and laid his head on his arm. "Go ahead," he said
+with resignation. "You're the Chief and I can't help myself."
+
+"I'll be washing up the dishes while you read," said Jean.
+
+"Blaze away," said Jock, who loved books as much as he disliked
+work.
+
+"It's 'The Lady of the Lake,'" Alan began.
+
+"Oh!" snorted Sandy, to whom Walter Scott was scarcely more than
+a name, "I thought it was about fighting and robbers, and things
+like that, and here it's about a lady! and it's about love too, I
+doubt! I wonder at you, Alan McRae!"
+
+Alan made no reply but began to read. When he reached a line
+about "Beauty's matchless eye," Sandy snored insultingly and was
+promptly kicked by Jock. But when Alan reached the lines
+
+ "The stag at eve had drunk his fill
+ Where danced the moon on Monan's rill,"
+
+Sandy sat up and began to think the despised poem might amount to
+something after all. Jean had finished the dishes by this time
+and sat cross-legged with her chin in her hand, staring into the
+fire, as Alan read how the splendid stag pursued by hunters,
+
+ "Like crested leader proud and high
+ Tossed his beamed frontlet to the sky;
+ A moment gazed adown the dale,
+ A moment snuffed the tainted gale,"
+
+Then she cried out, "Michty me! It's just exactly like the stag
+we saw Angus Niel shoot by the tarn; isn't it, now, Alan?"
+
+"And Benvoirlich is the very mountain we can see far away to the
+south from our house," interrupted Jock, when Alan reached that
+part of the poem.
+
+"Did the hunters get the stag?" demanded Sandy, and "Go on with
+the tale," shouted all three. Alan read on and on by the
+flickering light of the fire, and so absorbed were they all in
+the story of the region they knew and loved so dearly that a
+shaft of sunlight from the west shot across the cave, lighting up
+the gloomy corners, before they realized that the day was far
+gone and the rain had stopped.
+
+"It's time to go home," said Jean. "The sun is low in the west,
+and Father and Tam will be coming back wet and hungry from the
+hills, and no broth hot."
+
+They packed the remainder of their supper carefully away in the
+basket and left it in the corner of the cave behind the wood-pile,
+put out every spark of the fire, and picked their way carefully
+down the wet chasm to the ground.
+
+"Hark," said Jock, as they started home. Faraway in the distance
+there was the frantic barking of a dog. They stopped and
+listened.
+
+"It's Tam," said Jean, with conviction, "and he's after
+something. It's either the rabbit or else he's found a weasel
+hole," and instantly all the children were off at a bound,
+tearing through the woods in the direction of the sound. They had
+been, having such a good time they had not once thought of Angus
+Niel, but as they reached the edge of the forest, there he was,
+standing behind a tree with his gun pointing toward the little
+gray house! They stopped short in their wild race and instantly
+hid themselves among the trees. They could see Tam barking and
+pawing the ground with the greatest excitement in the open field
+which lay between the forest and the garden-patch.
+
+"Tam's after the rabbit as sure as sure," Jock whispered to Alan,
+who had crept with him underneath a spreading pine. "That's the
+very place where he went after him before. If that old thief
+kills Tam, I'll--I'll--" Jock could think of no fit punishment
+for such a crime, and in his rage and excitement would have run
+right out into the open, after the dog if Alan had not held him
+by his jacket. "Let go--let go!" said Jock, struggling to get
+away. "I tell you, if he shoots that dog."
+
+Just then a brown flash appeared from the garden wall, and Tam
+was after it at a bound, barking like mad. "It's the rabbit, and
+he's got him--he's got him!" murmured Jock, bouncing up and down
+with excitement with Alan still clinging to his coat. "Good old
+dog! good old Tam!" He was watching the dog so intently that he
+did not see Angus take careful aim, but the moment Tam reached
+the rabbit, seized it in his teeth, and shook it, a shot rang
+out; and the dog, with a howl of pain, dropped the rabbit and ran
+yelping toward the house on three legs, holding the fourth one in
+the air.
+
+Angus immediately ran out from his hiding-place, leaped the
+brook, and, dashing up the slope toward the house, picked up the
+dead rabbit and ran with it back into the woods. The children
+watched him as he fled, and, the moment he was out of sight, they
+burst from the shelter of the woods and tore up the hillside to
+the little gray house.
+
+They found Tam sitting on the doorstep licking his paw and
+howling. He was instantly surrounded by four amateur doctors all
+anxious to relieve his pain. Jock ran for water to wash his leg,
+the flesh of which had been cruelly torn open by the bullet. Jean
+ransacked the kist for bandages, and Alan held up the injured paw
+and tried to see if any bones were broken, while Sandy helplessly
+stroked Tam's tail, murmuring, "Good dog! good old Tam!" as he
+did so. By dint of their combined efforts the wound was cleansed
+and carefully bound with a rag, and by the time the Shepherd got
+home, Tam was lying on the hearth beside the fire, with Alan on
+his knees before him feeding him broth from a pan.
+
+The Shepherd listened with a darkening brow to the story of Tam's
+injury. He had heard an account of the stag the day before, so
+the new revelation of Angus's character did not surprise him, but
+when Alan rose from his knees and said, "To-morrow the Rob Roy
+Clan will begin to make Angus Niel wish he'd never been born,"
+Robin Campbell's comment was, "Give him rope enough and he'll
+hang himself, laddie," and Alan, his black eyes flashing with
+understanding, answered, "We'll see to it that he gets the rope."
+
+
+
+
+X. ON THE TRAIL
+
+
+Alan and Sandy left the little gray house in the late afternoon
+and walked together down the river road toward the village. At
+the bridge which spanned the stream they parted company, and Alan
+gave Sandy final instructions as to his duties on the next day.
+He was to watch Angus Niel's house, which lay some distance north
+of the village, and see what direction he took as he started upon
+his daily tour in the forests.
+
+The estate of Glencairn covered a territory so large that Angus
+could not by any possibility make his rounds in one day or even
+in one week. The Clan knew well where he had spent his time for
+the two preceding days, and they thought he would be likely to
+start in a different direction on the morrow. They did not dare
+count upon his doing so, however, and so Sandy was detailed to
+give a positive report as to his movements. The next morning,
+therefore, found Sandy sitting on a stone dyke not a great way
+from Angus's house, apparently absorbed in whittling and
+whistling, but in reality keeping a sharp lookout for any sign of
+life in the Niel household. He had not long to wait before he saw
+Angus leave the house and wander away into the forest with his
+gun on his shoulder. As they had surmised, he took a direction
+entirely different from his route of the two days before.
+
+Sandy waited until he was out of sight, and then hurried back to
+the bridge, where he met Alan by appointment, and the two walked
+briskly on to the little gray house together. When they reached
+it, the wag-at-the-wall clock was just striking nine, and Jean,
+her morning work done, was "caning" the hearth with blue chalk as
+a final touch of elegance to her clean kitchen.
+
+"Come on," said Alan. "I've a plan in my head, and we'll have to
+start directly if we're going to carry it out. Let me have some
+of that blue chalk, Jean; we may need it. I've got plenty of food
+with me, so don't wait to put up anything."
+
+"I'm with you," said Jean, giving a final flourish with the blue
+chalk before she clapped on her bonnet, and in another minute the
+Rob Roy Clan was afoot, leaving Tam nursing his wounded paw on
+the doorstep and gazing after them with pathetic eyes.
+
+They left their luncheon in the cave and hurried on at Alan's
+command to the little mountain tarn where Angus had killed the
+stag, and there the Clan gathered about him to hear his plan.
+
+"I've been thinking about this," Alan began, "and I'm sure of two
+things. Angus must have a place where he puts the game he kills,
+and he must have somebody to help him. The other man comes along
+and carries it down the mountain to some point where he can ship
+it to the city. I say, let's find out where that hiding-place
+is."
+
+"What will we do with it when we find it?" asked Jean.
+
+"That's where the blue chalk comes in," said Alan. "We'll let him
+know we've been there!"
+
+"You'll never be writing your name there?" asked Sandy anxiously.
+"He'd be shooting us next!"
+
+"Oh! Sandy, you're a daft body," said Jean, and Jock added: "Mind
+the Chief, you dunderhead, and keep your tongue behind your
+teeth. He's none so addled as you think!"
+
+Sandy subsided a little sulkily, and Alan went on.
+
+"When Angus crossed the lake with the stag he landed right over
+there by that dead pine tree, for I watched him to see, and the
+place where he hid the stag can't be far from there, because he
+came back so soon. We'll just take his boat and see if we can't
+find it."
+
+"Oh!" gasped Jean, who had never been in a boat in her life, "do
+you know how to make it go?"
+
+"I can row and I can swim," said Alan, "but I tell you if any one
+goes bouncing around in the boat, it will be just as bad as being
+bewitched by the water cow, you'll go to the bottom!"
+
+"I can row, too," said Sandy.
+
+Jean wished she hadn't come, but she was bound she would not show
+it before the boys, so she said, "Sal! who's afraid?" and when
+they found the boat, she was the first one in it.
+
+Angus was so sure that no one would find his boat, which was
+carefully screened by the bushes, that he had not even hidden the
+oars. So it was soon afloat with Jock at the tiller, Sandy on the
+bottom, Jean in the prow holding to the sides of the boat,
+scarcely daring to speak for fear of upsetting it, and Alan at
+the oars. The lake was smooth, and they reached the opposite
+shore without mishap, except that twice Alan "caught a crab" and
+splashed water all over Jock, and Sandy filled both shoes as he
+jumped out of the boat. They pulled it up under the shelter of
+the dead pine, anchored it by a stone, and cautiously made their
+way into the woods.
+
+They were now in a very wild section of the mountains, where it
+seemed as if no one had ever been since the beginning of the
+world.
+
+"Just hear the stillness," whispered Jean, keeping close to Jock.
+There was a sort of trail leading back into the woods, which
+looked as if it might have been made by wild animals going to the
+lake for a drink. This they followed for some distance until it
+became indistinct, and then Alan called the Clan together for
+counsel.
+
+"We'll go just a little farther," he said, "and then, if we don't
+see any sign of the place, it may be best to go back, for it is
+easy to get lost in these woods. We are going east now and
+luckily the sun is shining. When we do turn back, we must keep
+the sun behind us and we can't help coming out somewhere on the
+lake. Remember the pewit call if we lose sight of each other."
+
+They resumed their stealthy walk through the woods, and a few
+rods farther on came to a wide open space which sloped eastward
+for some distance down the mountain-side. Here they paused.
+
+"We're getting a good way from the boat," said Jean.
+
+"Yes," said Alan, "and I am just wondering whether we'd better go any
+farther. We don't want to cross this open space, and I see no sign of
+Angus's storehouse. I hate to give up, though, for we must be very
+near it." He searched in every direction with his eyes, and suddenly
+exclaimed under his breath, "Look there!"
+
+"Where?" breathed the Clan, rigid with excitement.
+
+"Do you see that pile of rocks?" said Alan, pointing into the
+woods beyond the clearing.
+
+"Yes," said Jock, "but there are rocks all around. I don't see
+that they're any different from others."
+
+"Maybe not," said Alan, "but I see something that looks like the
+corner of a hunter's shelter sticking out behind that big
+boulder, and I say, let's skirt around this open place and see."
+
+"Do you want us all to go?" asked Sandy, hoping the Chief would
+say no.
+
+"You stay here," Alan answered, to his great relief, "and Jean,
+you come a little farther with us. Then you and Sandy can keep
+out of sight and watch. If you see a man, keep still in your
+places and give the pewit call. Jock and I will go on around the
+clearing and get a better look at those rocks."
+
+Sandy crouched down in the bracken, and two or three hundred feet
+farther on Jean stopped also, while Alan and Jock cautiously
+crept on toward their goal, and, by making a wide detour,
+approached the rocks from the north instead of the west. As they
+neared them, it was plain that Alan was right. There really was a
+shelter built against an overhanging rock and almost concealed
+from view by pine boughs which formed a screen before it. Little
+by little the boys crept nearer and nearer, stopping every few
+steps to be sure there was no sign of life about the place. At
+last they were within a few feet of the rude camp. The shelter
+was scarcely more than a hole under the rocks, but there was a
+blackened spot where there had been a fire, a few pans were
+standing about, and in one corner a pile of evergreen boughs was
+covered with well-cured deer-skins. A fresh hide ready to cure
+was spread out on the rocks near by.
+
+"This is the place," whispered Jock. "There is the skin of the
+stag. Now what are you going to do?" For answer Alan slipped from
+behind the rocks, crept stealthily into the camp, and on the
+underside of the rock wrote in big letters with blue chalk
+
+ ANGUS NIEL
+ POACHER
+ Your sin has found you out!
+ R. R. C.
+
+Then he crawled swiftly back out of sight and, followed by Jock,
+made his way as fast as he could toward Jean's hiding-place. To
+Jean the time that they were gone seemed hours long. The place
+was lonely, and she was afraid, not only of their finding the man
+at home in his wild lodge, but even of brownies and elves.
+
+A rabbit stuck his ears up over a nearby log and scuttled away
+when he saw her. The leaves made a lonely sound as they rustled
+over her head, and when at last she saw a black object moving
+about among the trees at some distance beyond the rock-pile, it
+is not surprising that she immediately gave the pewit call, loud
+and clear.
+
+The boys heard it and instantly vanished behind some bushes. The
+dark object moving among the trees seemed to hear it too and,
+springing forward, came bounding toward the rocks, barking as it
+came. Jean was not much less anxious when she knew for certain
+that it was a dog, for a watch dog in that lonely place might be
+quite as dangerous as a wolf. Moreover, she soon saw, a little
+distance behind the dog, a man with a gun on his shoulder. She
+saw the dog reach the camp and go sniffing about on the rocks,
+and her heart almost stood still as it gave a deep howl and
+started away as if it scented game.
+
+"He's on the trail of Alan and Jock," thought Jean, wringing her
+hands. "Oh, what shall I do? The man will surely follow, for
+he'll think the dog is after game." She sprang to her feet and
+ran back to Sandy.
+
+"Come quick," she said in a low voice. "The dog smells them; we
+must get into the boat and have it ready for the boys to jump
+into. There is not a moment to lose." She sped past him as she
+spoke, and Sandy came galloping after.
+
+Alan and Jock, who had seen and heard all that Jean had, were now
+tearing at top speed through the woods and knew from answering
+whistles that Jean and Sandy were on the way to the boat.
+
+The man had by this time reached the camp and was staring at the
+blue chalk-marks on the rock, as if unable to believe his own
+eyes. He did not stop there long. He saw at once that an enemy
+had found his hiding-place, and that the dog was on his trail.
+Leaping down the rocks, he started across the clearing on a run
+toward the lake, his gun in his hand. Jock and Alan realized that
+they could hardly reach the landing-place before the dog did, so
+they changed their course and veered a little to the north,
+thinking that in this way they stood more chance of concealment
+and that they could signal the boat and get aboard in a less
+conspicuous place.
+
+By this dodge the dog lost the scent of the boys and, nosing the
+ground, found the trail of Sandy and Jean. Baying frightfully he
+came bounding through the underbrush and arrived at the landing
+just in time to see Sandy push the boat from the shore with Jean
+in the bow. Furious at being cheated of his prey, the dog ran
+back and forth on the shore, making mad leaps in the direction of
+the boat and barking as if possessed.
+
+"Oh, where are the boys?" cried the distracted Jean. They
+lingered in an agony of suspense, not daring to leave until they
+saw that Jock and Alan were safe, and then from a little distance
+up the shore came the pewit call. Sandy rose to the emergency
+and, pulling frantically at the oars, succeeded in reaching the
+point from which the call seemed to come. The scared faces of
+Jock and Alan rose from the bracken, and in another moment they
+had leaped into the boat, nearly upsetting it as they did so.
+Alan seized an oar, and he and Sandy together got the boat out of
+sight behind a bend in the shore. Here they hid among the bushes
+on the bank until they saw the man appear at the landing-place,
+scan the lake carefully, and then go back into the woods, calling
+the dog to go with him. Even then they were afraid to stir for
+they did not know whether he had gone back to camp or was
+stalking about among the trees searching for them.
+
+They waited for what seemed a week but saw nothing further of the
+man, and when at last they heard the report of a gun and the
+barking of a dog far away down the mountain, they felt safe. He
+was evidently looking in another direction for the intruders, and
+at once Alan gave the word to go back to their own side of the
+lake. They skirted the shores, keeping a sharp lookout all the
+while, and at length reached the landing-place. The weary members
+of the Clan breathed a sigh of relief as they found themselves
+safe on their own ground again, arid their spirits rose.
+
+Jock told what Alan had written on the rock, and Alan was so much
+impressed by that achievement that he took out the blue chalk and
+on a rock by the tarn wrote "Here Angus Niel, gamekeeper
+and poacher, shot a stag"; and on the stone where the boat had
+been, he put the mystic initials "R. R. C."
+
+"There," said Alan, pausing to admire his handiwork, "that'll
+keep him guessing, and scared too."
+
+"What can we do next?"
+
+"Take away his boat," said Jean promptly.
+
+"Good idea!" cried Alan.
+
+"Where can we hide it?" asked Jock.
+
+"I'm mortal hungry," said Sandy. "Couldn't we eat first?"
+
+"No food until this job is done," said the Chief firmly. "We'll
+never have another chance when we know where the other man and
+Angus both are. It's now or never!"
+
+"But where shall we hide it?" demanded Jock again.
+
+"I'll tell you," cried Jean, her eyes dancing with mischief. "We
+can carry it to the burn and float it down to the cave!"
+
+This was a stroke of genius, no less, and every member of the
+Clan looked upon Jean with respect bordering upon awe. At the
+point where the lake emptied into the burn there were loose
+rocks, about which the water rushed in a swift cataract, but,
+below, the current flowed more gently toward the fall. It was
+deep only in spots where the trout loved to hide, but it was not
+a stream anywhere in its course upon which one would launch a
+boat for pleasure. The rocks were so near the surface that the
+weight of even one person might ground it, but afloat and empty
+it might be carried clear to the rocks above the cave. The Clan
+considered the plan carefully, standing upon the rocky banks.
+
+"How would we guide it?" asked Sandy doubtfully.
+
+"There's a rope on the end of the boat," said Jean promptly, "and
+we could push it off with sticks if it got stuck."
+
+"Come on," cried Alan, and the four plotters rushed bask to the
+lake and pulled the boat out of the water. Alan took the prow and
+Jock took the stern, while Sandy and Jean supported it on each
+side, and in this way, after many struggles, they succeeded in
+carrying it to a place below the rapids where they dared launch
+it.
+
+"I'll hold the rope," said Alan, "and you, Sandy, take an oar and
+go down the other side of the stream, so you can push it off if
+it gets stuck on that side."
+
+"How'll I get across?" asked Sandy.
+
+This was a poser at first, but Alan found a way.
+
+"Get into the boat," he said, "and we'll push it across where
+there aren't any stones sticking up. You can pole it across with
+your oar, and I'll keep hold of the rope."
+
+Sandy jumped in at once, and the boat, in spite of some swirling,
+was finally near enough to the opposite bank so he could jump
+out. This he did, taking the oar with him. It was an exciting
+journey down stream, for the boat bumped against rocks and caught
+on fallen trees, and it was a good hour before the children,
+tired out but triumphant, finally dragged it out of the water
+just above the falls.
+
+"If we had our rope, we could drag it to the edge of the cliff
+and let it down in front of the cave," cried Jean in another
+flash of inspiration, and Sandy instantly rushed down the rock,
+made the necessary detour, and climbed the secret stair to the
+cave. He then whistled, and three heads appeared over the top of
+the cliff.
+
+"I'll throw up the rope and when you let the boat down, I'll
+steady it," said Sandy.
+
+"Heave away," cried Alan, and after a few trials the rope came
+flying up on the cliff and was soon looped around the boat. Then
+the three braced their feet against the rocks and slowly lowered
+the boat by the rope fastened to the prow, and by their own rope,
+while Sandy steadied it below. They threw down the rope-end after
+it, and a few moments later the rapturous Clan hauled the boat
+into the cave! They sat in it to eat their luncheon and were so
+lost in admiration of their enterprise and their booty that they
+did not start home until the level rays of the sun warned them
+that it was late.
+
+
+
+
+XI. ANGUS NIEL AND THE CANNY CLAN
+
+
+The days that followed were days of stirring adventure to the Rob
+Roy Clan, and days of continuous and surprising misery to Angus
+Niel. Never in his history as gamekeeper of Glen Cairn had he
+had such experiences. The very trees in the woods seemed to be
+bewitched. Wherever he went he was followed by some mysterious
+power that seemed to know his every movement. If he killed any
+game, the fact was advertised and the place marked by signs in
+blue chalk. Not only that, but the very path of his approach to
+the spot was marked by pointing arrows and some such legend as
+"This way to the glen where Angus Niel killed a deer" would
+decorate a neighboring rock. On other rocks appeared pertinent
+questions addressed to him. "How much did you get for the stag?"
+was one of them, and there were also queries as to where he found
+the best market for game. He was kept so busy searching the
+forest for these incriminating signs and rubbing them out, that
+he could not follow his regular rounds. Even this did not avail,
+for if he erased them on one day, it was but a matter of time
+before the letters appeared again as fresh and blue as ever. Nor
+was this all. He was haunted by a wailing voice which reached him
+even in the remote fastnesses of the forest. He was sure to hear
+it if he ventured into the neighborhood of the waterfall, and he
+usually avoided that region as if it harbored a pestilence.
+
+Once late in the afternoon he shot two hares and hid them under
+some rocks, intending to carry them across the lake in the
+morning, but when he went for them, they had disappeared
+altogether, and above the place where they had been was written
+in blue chalk, "Sacred to the memory of two hares, killed and
+hidden here by Angus Niel on June 12th."
+
+When he saw this epitaph, Angus's hair really stood on end with
+fright, and on the day he found that the boat was gone, leaving
+no trace, he became absolutely terror-stricken. He sought for it
+behind every rock and in every likely nook about the lake,
+consuming days in the quest, and was appalled on his next trip
+thither to find all the incidents of his search faithfully
+recorded on the rocks, each one signed with the mystic initials
+R. R. C.
+
+It took ingenuity, persistence, and some degree of danger on the part
+of the clan to accomplish these things, but one could depend upon
+finding these qualities in any Campbell or McGregor, and Sandy, having
+been made a blood brother, faithfully lived up to the duties it
+entailed. He became an expert detective and sleuth-hound, discovering
+and reporting Angus's movements each day to the enterprising Clan and
+its resourceful Chief.
+
+At Alan's suggestion, the Clan took for its motto "We must be
+canny," and canny they certainly were. They even changed their
+programme from day to day, and in this way just when Angus felt
+he was about to discover his tormentors and know if they were
+human and not witches, they found some new method of annoyance
+and he was all at sea again.
+
+Once they gave him a respite of nearly a week and Angus, having
+erased many signs and finding no new ones, was beginning to think
+his troubles were over, when suddenly arrows bearing bits of
+paper inviting him to visit the fall would suddenly drop at his
+feet. It had taken the Clan nearly all their spare time for the
+week to make the bows and arrows, by which this wonder was
+accomplished. Meanwhile they had lived like lords, feasting upon
+trout and the generous store of provisions with which Alan
+continued to supply the cave. They even began to see how it was
+possible for Rob Roy and his men to live upon forest fare, for
+the pool below the fall was a wonderful fishing-hole, and small
+game was plentiful if they had cared to become poachers
+themselves.
+
+On one red-letter day, they roasted the two hares which Angus had
+killed, and cooked potatoes in the ashes. Each day was filled
+with fresh adventures, and the wild outdoor life agreed with
+Alan so well that his thin cheeks began to fill out and glow with
+healthy color and it was not long before he looked as sturdy and
+strong as Jock himself.
+
+It was curious that what Alan gained in flesh and spirits, Angus
+Niel at the same time seemed to lose. He was so worried by these
+strange visitations that his round eyes took on a haunted
+expression, and Sandy observed that he kept looking over his
+shoulder as if he thought some one were following him, even when
+he walked the village streets.
+
+He dared not stay away from the forest lest others should
+discover the dreadful blue signs before he did, and at the same
+time he was afraid to go in. He swung like a pendulum between
+these two difficulties and grew daily more nervous and unhappy.
+By the end of June he had lost ten pounds of flesh as well as the
+money he might have made out of poaching and selling the game. By
+the middle of July he was so haggard that people began to remark
+on his appearance. There seemed no way out of his troubles but to
+lie about them, and soon wild stories were circulated through the
+village about the haunted forest and its dangers.
+
+Women were warned not to let the children stray into the woods lest
+they be carried away by witches or water cows, and it was also
+reported that a gang of poachers of a particularly blood-thirsty
+character infested the region, carrying off game and property and
+leaving no trace. Angus had been watching this band of desperadoes for
+some time, he said, and knew there were at least twenty of them who
+would stop at nothing.
+
+With Angus's tale of the mysterious loss of his boat, the
+excitement reached a climax, and there was talk of organizing an
+armed band of men from the village to protect the woods and rid
+the neighborhood of the bandits. The people were surprised that
+Angus himself should oppose this plan, but as he was gamekeeper
+and in authority, the matter was dropped. To Angus's horror,
+however, these rumors and events were all faithfully recorded on
+rocks not far from his own home soon after, and he realized that
+to the very doors of his own house he was pursued by the same
+mysterious and vigilant power. It was then that he lost his
+appetite, and if the Clan could have followed him into his home
+and seen him look under his bed before he got into it at night,
+their joy would have been full.
+
+The wild stories he told had the effect of keeping every one else
+out of the forest and made the Clan more than ever free to stalk
+their prey without fear of discovery. In this occupation several
+exciting weeks passed by, and then there came an unhappy surprise
+to the Clan, and it was not Angus Niel who sprang it upon them
+either.
+
+One morning in late July, Alan came up the road toward the little
+gray house, where he was now so much at home, looking very glum
+indeed. Sandy was with him, wearing a face as solemn as a funeral
+procession. Jock and Jean saw them coming and hailed them with a
+shout, and Tam, who had not quite recovered from his injury, came
+dashing down the brae on three legs to greet them. Even Tam's
+joyful bark did not lift the shadow from their faces.
+
+Jean cried out from the top of the brae, "Whatever can be the
+matter with you? You're looking as miserable as two hens in a
+rainstorm!"
+
+"Trouble enough," answered Sandy, and Jean and Jock at once came
+hurrying down the slope to hear the bad news. They met at the
+river-side, and Sandy, who was bursting to tell it, cried out,
+"What do you think? Alan's got to go home! His mother's sent for
+him!" One look at Alan's melancholy face confirmed this dreadful
+statement and the gloom instantly became general.
+
+The Clan sat down on the ground in a depressed circle to discuss
+the matter and its bearing on their plans.
+
+"Don't you think your mother would let you stay if you should ask
+her?" suggested Jock.
+
+"No," said Alan, with sad conviction. "She said I was to come at
+once, and I'll have to start this very afternoon. I'm to drive
+down to the boat and get to Glasgow by water; I'll spend the
+night there and go on to London in the morning."
+
+"Sal, but you'll be seeing a lot of the world," said Jock. "I
+wish I were going with you."
+
+"I wish you all were," said Alan.
+
+"We'll likely be having more traveling than we want," said Jean,
+"when we have to give up the wee bit hoosie and go out and walk
+the world." She looked up at the little gray house as she spoke,
+and her eyes filled with tears.
+
+"It's the end of the Clan; that's what it is," said Sandy with
+deepening despondency.
+
+"Oh, come now!" said Alan. "It's not so bad as all that, and I'm
+surely coming back next summer. I know my mother'll let me, for
+she'll see how much good it's done me to be here. Just look at
+that," he added, baring his arm and knotting his biceps.
+"Climbing around the cave and chasing after Angus Niel have made
+me as tough as a knot. She won't know me when she sees me."
+
+"I wonder if we shall know you the next time we see you, if we
+ever do," said Jean.
+
+"Ho!" said Alan, trying to smile gayly, "of course you will! I'll
+have a sprig of the evergreen pine and give the pewit call, and
+then you'll be sure."
+
+"What good will your coming back next summer do us?" said Jock.
+"We shan't be here to see you! Our leases run out in October, and
+nobody knows where we'll go after that! We've got to move out, so
+the Auld Laird can have more space to raise game for Angus Niel
+to kill," he finished bitterly.
+
+There seemed no way of brightening this sad prospect, and the
+Clan sat for a few moments in mournful silence. Alan tried hard
+to think of something comforting to say.
+
+"I'll tell you what," he exclaimed at length. "We can still be a
+Clan, whether we see each other or not. We'll remember we're all
+blood brothers just the same."
+
+"And that you are our Chief," added Jean, trying to look
+cheerful.
+
+"Can't we go back to the cave just once more?" said Sandy.
+
+"I've got to be at the bridge at one o'clock," said Alan. "I've
+said good-bye to Eppie, and she is packing my things, and putting
+up a lunch, so I don't have to do anything but step into the
+carriage when I get there. What time is it now?"
+
+Jean flew up the slope to the house and called back from the
+door, "It's ten o'clock."
+
+"Come on, then, my merry men!" cried Alan, and the four started
+off at a brisk trot, looking anything but merry as they went.
+
+"We shan't want to come here any more," said Jock, when they
+reached the cave. "So we may as well take everything away."
+
+"Oh," said Alan, "something might happen to keep you in the
+Glen Easig. You never can tell. You'd better take back the pots
+and pans, but leave the wood, and then if we are here next
+summer, it will be all ready for cooking a jolly old mess of
+trout."
+
+"Whatever shall we do with the boat?" asked Jean. This was a
+conundrum, but the Chief, as usual, was equal to the occasion.
+
+"There's only one thing we can do," he said. "It will just dry up
+and fall to pieces up here; we'll let it down over the rock by
+the ropes and leave it in the pool. Then when Angus finds it,
+he'll be perfectly sure he was bewitched and be more afraid of
+the falls than ever!"
+
+They worked hurriedly, for the time was short, and in another
+hour the boat was floating in the fishing-pool, securely tied to
+a pine tree on the bank. They packed pots and pans in the basket
+and lowered it over the rock by the rope, and when everything was
+done, Alan took the blue chalk and drew a sprig of pine on the
+wall of the cave with the initials R. R. C. beside it. The four
+children then scrambled down the secret stairway, feeling as if
+they had said good-bye forever to a dear friend. When they
+reached the little gray house, they left the basket in the
+kitchen, and the entire Clan walked with Alan back to the bridge,
+where they found the carriage waiting.
+
+Alan made short work of his good-byes. He shook hands all round
+and sprang quickly into the carriage, and as it rattled away with
+him down the road, he stood up, waving his bonnet with the spray
+of evergreen pine in it and whistling the pewit call.
+
+"Dagon't," said Sandy, when the carriage passed out of sight
+around a bend in the road. "Dagon't, we'll never find another
+like the Chief." If Jean and Jock had felt able to say anything,
+they would have echoed the statement. As it was, Sandy drew his
+kilmarnock bonnet over his eyes, thrust his hands into his
+pockets, and started dejectedly toward his own house, leaving
+Jean and Jock, equally miserable, to return alone to the wee bit
+hoosie on the brae.
+
+
+
+
+XII. NEWS
+
+
+The rest of the week seemed at least a month long to the lonely
+twins. Sandy came to see them, to be sure, but with the passing
+of the Chief, the flavor seemed gone from the play, and the Clan
+made no further expeditions after Angus Niel.
+
+"He can just kill all the game he wants to," said Jean. "It's
+the worse for the Auld Laird, I doubt, but who cares for that, so
+long as he leaves Tam alone and keeps away from here? It's
+nothing to me."
+
+Their father had been so taken up with his work and with turning
+over in his mind plans for the future, when they should be
+"walking the world," that he paid little attention to their
+punishment of Angus Niel, about which he knew little and cared
+less. He was absorbed in planning the best market for his sheep
+and in getting as much from his garden as he could, hoping to
+sell what he was unable to use himself, when the time came to
+leave. His usually cheerful face had grown more and more troubled
+as the summer wore on, and it was seldom now that his bagpipes
+woke the mountain echoes, and whenever he did while away a rainy
+evening with music, the melodies were as wild and mournful as his
+own sad thoughts.
+
+Angus Niel's barometer now rose again. Finding himself no longer
+pursued by his unseen foes, his waning self-confidence returned, and
+it was only a week or two after Alan's departure that wonderful
+stories began to go about the village concerning his prowess in
+ridding the woods of thieves and marauders single-handed.
+
+"I've even found my boat," he announced one evening to a group of
+men lounging about the village store, "and it was no human hands
+that put it where I found it either! It was below the falls, if
+you'll believe me, safe and sound and tight as ever. Any man that
+is easily scared would better not be walking the woods in that
+direction, I'm telling you, or likely he'd be whisked away by the
+little people and shut up in some cave in the hills. I felt the
+drawing myself once, but I knew how to manage. I was just gey
+firm with them, and they knew I wasna fearful and let me go. It's
+none so easy being a gamekeeper. It takes a bold man, and a canny
+one, and well the poacher gang knew that. They're gone and good
+riddance. It's taken me all summer to bring it about."
+
+"Oh," murmured Jock to Jean, when this was repeated to them by
+Sandy the following Sabbath, "wouldn't Alan like to hear that?"
+It was on that very Sabbath, too, that they learned the Dominie
+had recovered and that school was to reopen on the following day.
+This was good news to the Twins, for like all Scotch children
+they longed for an education, and the next morning, bright and
+early, they were on the road to the village, carrying some scones
+and hard-boiled eggs for their luncheon, in a little tin pail.
+
+The days passed swiftly after that, for, with the house to care
+for, lessons to get, and the walk of five miles to school and
+back, there was little time for moping or even dreading the day
+when they must leave their highland home.
+
+It was late August when they came rushing home one afternoon,
+bursting with a great piece of news, which they had learned in
+the village. Never had they covered the five miles of the
+homeward journey more quickly, but when they reached the little
+gray house, their father had not yet returned from the pastures,
+though it was after his time. The two children ran back of the
+house to the cow byre, and there in the distance they saw him
+coming across the barren moor. He was walking slowly, with his
+head bent as though he were tired and discouraged, and Tam,
+limping along beside him, looked discouraged too. The Twins gave
+a wild whoop and raced across the moor to meet them. Jock got
+there first, but was too out of breath to speak for an instant.
+
+"Dear, dear! What can the matter be?" said their father, looking
+from one excited face to the other.
+
+"Oh, Father," gasped Jean, finding her tongue first, "you never
+can guess, so I'll tell you. The Auld Laird's dead."
+
+The Shepherd stood still in his tracks, too stunned for words.
+
+"Aye!" cried Jock, wishing to share in the glory of such an
+exciting revelation. "He's as dead as a salt herring."
+
+"Oh, Father!" cried Jean, "aren't you glad? Now we won't have to
+leave the wee bit hoosie and the Glen."
+
+"I'm none so sure of that," said the Shepherd slowly, when he had
+recovered from the first shock of surprise. "The new Laird may be
+worse than the old. Be that as it may, I'm not one to rejoice at
+the death of any man. Death is a solemn thing, my dawtie, but the
+Lord's will be done, and I'm not pretending to mourn."
+
+"We went to the village," cried Jean, "to get a bit of meat for the
+pot, and there was a whole crowd of people around the post-office
+door. 'T was the post-master gave us the news, and Mr. Craigie and
+Angus Niel have put weeds on their hats and look as mournful as Tam
+when he's scolded. We saw them out of the school-house window not two
+hours gone."
+
+"They have reason to mourn," said the Shepherd grimly, "not for
+the Auld Laird's death only, but for their own lives as well.
+Aye, that's a subject for grief." He shook his head dubiously,
+and, seeming to feel it was an occasion for a moral lesson, he
+added, "'Mark the perfect man and behold the upright, for the end
+of that man is peace.'"
+
+"What has that to do with the Auld Laird?" asked Jock, much
+mystified.
+
+"Nothing at all, maybe," answered the Shepherd, "but it's a wise
+word to remember against our own time."
+
+"I wish Angus Niel would remember it," exclaimed Jean.
+
+"And Mr. Craigie no less," added Jock.
+
+"Well, well," said the Shepherd, "heard ye anything more in the
+village?"
+
+"Aye, that we did," said Jean, who loved to prolong the
+excitement of news.
+
+"Let me tell that," said Jock. "You told about the Auld Laird.
+Well, then, Father, there's all kinds of tales about the new
+Laird. It's said he's a wee bit of a laddie, not more than four
+years old, and not the son of the Auld Laird at all, but a cousin
+or something. It's said he's weak and sickly-like and not long
+for this world."
+
+"Sandy's mother was in the village and walked with us to the
+bridge," interrupted Jean, "and she heard that the heir is a
+young man living in Edinburgh, and not even known to the Auld
+Laird, who had no near kin. She had it from the minister's wife,
+so it must be true."
+
+"Didn't Mr. Craigie say anything? He ought to know more about it
+than any one. He's the Auld Laird's factor to carry out his will
+while he was living. It's likely he'd know more than any other
+about his will, now he's dead," said the Shepherd.
+
+"Mrs. Crumpet says he goes about with his mouth shut up as tight
+as an egg, as though he knew a great deal more than other folk,
+being so intimate-like with the Laird," said Jean.
+
+"Aye!" added Jock, "but she said she believed there was a muckle
+he did not know at all, and he was keeping his mouth shut to make
+folks think he knew but wasna telling."
+
+Jean now took up the tale. "Mrs. Crumpet had all the news in
+town," she said, "and she told us that Angus Niel said he hoped
+the new Laird was fond of the hunting and would appreciate his
+work in preserving the game and driving poachers from the forests
+of Glen Cairn. He said he had done the work of ten men, and it
+was well that people should know it and be able to tell the new
+Laird, when he comes into his own!"
+
+Even the Shepherd couldn't help smiling at that, and as for Jean
+and Jock, they shouted with laughter. In spite of themselves, the
+children and their father felt such relief from anxiety that they
+walked back to the little gray house with lighter hearts than
+they had felt for some time. Whoever the new Laird might be, it
+would take time to settle the estate and find out the will of its
+new owner, and meanwhile they could live on in their old home.
+Beyond that, they could even hope that they might not have to go
+at all.
+
+That night Jean cooked the first of their early potatoes from the
+garden for supper and a bit of ham to eat with them, by way of
+celebrating their reprieve, and after supper the Shepherd got out
+his bagpipes and played "The Blue Bells of Scotland" until the
+rafters rang again. Jean stepped busily about the kitchen in tune
+to the music, humming the words to herself.
+
+ "Oh where, tell me where is your Highland laddie gone?
+ He's gone with streaming banners where noble deeds are done,
+ And it's oh! in my heart, I wish him safe at home."
+
+And she thought of Alan as she sang. Afterward, when Jock and
+Jean were safely stowed away for the night, the Shepherd went
+over and brought from the table in the room his well-worn copy of
+Robert Burns's "Poems," and the last view Jean had of him before
+she went to sleep, he was reading "The Cotter's Saturday Night"
+aloud to himself by the light of a flickering candle.
+
+
+
+
+XIII. THE NEW LAIRD
+
+
+It was Friday when news of the Auld Laird's death reached the village,
+and on the following Sabbath there was not an empty seat in the kirk,
+for every one was anxious to hear the latest gossip about the event
+which meant so much to every one in the region. There was no newspaper
+in the village, and the news of the week was passed about by word of
+mouth in the kirkyard after service, or on week days was retailed over
+the counter at the village post-office, which was post-office and
+general store in one.
+
+The Campbells were early in their pew, and the Twins watched the
+other worshipers as they came slowly up the aisle and took their
+places before time for the service to begin. Sandy winked at them
+most indecorously across the church, but his mother poked him to
+remind him of his duty, and he sent no more silent messages to
+the other members of the Clan.
+
+There was an air of expectation, which seemed to affect every one
+in the kirk. Even the minister looked as if he had something
+special on his mind, and as for Mr. Craigie, he was as solemnly
+important, Sandy said afterwards, "as though he were the corpse
+himself," while Angus Niel acted like nothing less than the chief
+mourner.
+
+In the kirkyard he let it be known that he was entirely familiar
+with the details of the Auld Laird's funeral, which had occurred
+in London the day before, though how the particulars reached him
+in so short a time must forever remain a mystery.
+
+It was Mr. Craigie, however, who gave out the important news
+which every one had felt must be coming. On the steps after
+service he said to Mr. Crumpet, "It's likely, Andrew, that you
+may have more time about your lease. I've had news that the new
+Laird is coming soon to the castle with his lawyers and some
+other people to look over the estate and take possession. Eppie
+McLean is to get ready for quite a party of the gentry."
+
+Mrs. Crumpet was standing near her husband, and she was a bold
+woman who would have asked a question of the Auld Laird himself,
+if she had had occasion. "Then it's the sickly bit laddie who's
+the heir?" she said, "and not the Edinburgh man?"
+
+Mr. Craigie looked majestic and waved her aside, merely saying,
+as he went down the steps, "It isna an Edinburgh body," but
+giving no hint as to whether it was man, woman, or child. The
+people who had gathered about him thinking to hear something
+definite looked resentfully at his back as he walked away, and
+Mrs. Crumpet openly expressed her opinion that he knew nothing
+more about it himself. "If he did, he couldn't help letting it
+dribble out by degrees, like a leaky kirn, being too stingy to
+tell it out free, like any other body," she said.
+
+Mrs. Crumpet was a woman of rare penetration. Even Sandy didn't
+often get ahead of his mother.
+
+For another week the village waited in suspense for further news,
+and then on Saturday the report spread like wildfire through the
+town that the new Laird with his party had arrived at the castle
+the night before.
+
+It was Sandy who brought the news to the little gray house. "And
+they say there were three carriage-loads of them and they never
+got to Glen Cairn until dark," he cried; "and the tale is that
+the castle ovens have never been cool since the word came a week
+ago! Mother says Eppie McLean has been laying in provisions as if
+she looked for seven lean years like Joseph in Egypt."
+
+"Losh!" interrupted Jock, "I wish Alan was here. Wouldn't we get
+some of those good things for the cave, though."
+
+"But that isn't all the news," cried Sandy, who had come three
+miles to tell it and was not going to let it burst from him too
+suddenly. "There's more."
+
+"What is it, Sandy?" cried Jean, dancing with impatience. "Hurry,
+lad; let out what's bottled up in you or you'll blow the cork!"
+
+"Well," exploded Sandy, "you'll get some of the good things
+without Alan, I'm telling you, for there's to be a grand feast at
+the castle, and everybody is asked to come! There's a sign up in
+the village, and it's to be Monday at five o'clock. They say
+Eppie McLean has fowls waiting by the dozen and a barrel of
+tatties ready for the pot. Losh! I don't see how the new Laird
+can stay weakly with so much to fill him up."
+
+"Sal!" cried Jean, "if he's such a wee laddie as they say, it's
+likely his mother will be the one to say what's to be done in
+Glen Cairn, and it's not likely she'll be wanting to go rampaging
+over the country shooting game like the Auld Laird."
+
+"Ye can never tell," said Sandy, with a worldly air. "Some say
+ladies is worse than men."
+
+"Never believe that," said Jean, promptly, and then she added a
+little wistfully, "especially if they are mothers."
+
+At church the next day the congregation was in such a state of
+excitement it was with the greatest difficulty that the proper
+Sabbath decorum was observed. Sandy Crumpet brazenly looked over
+his shoulder every time any one passed up the aisle, thinking
+that perhaps the new Laird and his mother might come in at any
+moment, and even the grown people looked sidewise, but no new
+faces appeared and fear was expressed afterwards that the mother
+of the heir was of the Established Church. Mrs. Crumpet said she
+had always heard that among the gentry the women were fiercer in
+their religion than the men. The Shepherd remembered the Laird of
+Kinross, but said nothing.
+
+On the way home from church Jean and Jock noticed that smoke was
+issuing from all the castle chimneys. It was now early autumn,
+and, as Jean said, the castle must be damp from, standing so long
+empty, and they had the right to warm it up for the wee Laird,
+him being so sickly.
+
+The suspense of the long weeks of summer had now become acute. If
+the Auld Laird's wish to turn the tenants out of their holdings
+to make Glen Cairn into a large game preserve was to be carried
+out, the time for doing it was near, and the people looked
+forward to the supper at the castle with both hope and dread.
+
+Every one was to be there, and on Monday a wonderful amount of
+preparation was going forward in every cottage and farmhouse on
+the estate. Jean had her father's blacks on the line and
+thoroughly brushed early in the morning, and the Sabbath clothes
+for all three of them laid out on the chairs in "the room" by
+noon. At four o'clock they were on their way to the castle. Jock
+had wanted to start at three, but Jean was firm.
+
+"It isna genteel to be going so early," she said. "T'will look
+greedy, and you'll not get fed the sooner."
+
+Any one would have said Jean looked pretty that day, for she was
+not wearing her "Saturday face," and the little curls had crept
+around her head unbeknownst and were blowing in bright tendrils
+about her forehead under the edge of her bonnet with its sprig of
+pine. Her cheeks were pink and her eyes bright with health and
+excitement, and Robert Campbell, looking with pride at his sturdy
+son and daughter, said to himself, "It's a sonsie lassie and braw
+lad. I wish their mother could see them."
+
+They walked down the river road, where the autumn colors were
+beginning to appear, and at the bridge met the Crumpet family all
+dressed in their best, also on their way to the castle. Sandy had
+scrubbed himself till his face was shining like a glass bottle, and
+the sprig of pine waved proudly from his bonnet, too. At every branch
+road they were joined by others, and when they neared the castle gates
+there was already quite a large group of people from the village as
+well. Every one was in a state of tense excitement, for the fate of
+all hung in the balance. Since the tenure of their homes was at the
+mercy of the new Laird, his ideas and disposition were of vital
+importance in their lives, and they were keen to see him and find out
+for themselves what manner of person he might be. Mr. Crumpet was
+looking very glum. He took a morose view of life at best, and the
+present circumstances certainly warranted apprehension.
+
+"If it's a wee bit of a laddie, as we are led to expect," he said
+to the Shepherd, "he'll have no judgment of his own, and be
+dependent on them as has him in charge. Mr. Craigie will not be
+loosening his hold, and with only a weak woman and a sickly boy
+to deal with, he'll wind 'em around his finger like a wisp o'
+wool. It's my opinion we'll have Mr. Craigie to deal with more
+than ever."
+
+"Well," said Mrs. Crumpet philosophically, "and if we jump at all
+'t will be but from the fire back to the frying-pan again, I'm
+thinking."
+
+Various other opinions were expressed by one and another as the
+tenants of Glen Cairn followed the wide drive which led to the
+castle doors. Most of them had never before been inside the walls
+of the park, and they looked about them with interest at the
+unkempt and overgrown drive and at the bracken and heather
+spreading even over the lawns. It was evident that the place had
+been left to take care of itself for many years.
+
+It was a warm day in late September, and though there was a touch
+of red in the ivy which draped the gray castle walls, the air was
+mellow with the haze of autumn and musical with the buzzing of
+bees.
+
+Mr. Craigie, looking more like a pair of tongs than ever, stood
+on the terrace with the minister and his wife, while Angus Niel,
+swelling with importance, ranged round the outskirts of the crowd
+as they approached the castle, gradually herding them toward the
+entrance. When they were all gathered in front of the terrace,
+the minister came forward to the steps and lifted his hand. A
+hush instantly fell upon the waiting people, and the minister
+spoke.
+
+"Her ladyship has asked me to say to you that she and the new
+Laird will meet you here," he said, "and afterward conduct you to
+the banqueting-hall, where supper will be served. It is their
+desire to know you all personally, and I will be here to present
+you as you come up the steps."
+
+There was a surprised look on every face as the minister finished
+speaking. What manner of landlord could this be, who made a point of
+knowing his tenants as men and women the moment he came to the estate?
+It was a breathless moment when at last the great castle doors swung
+open, revealing a group of people standing in the entrance. There was
+an instant's pause, and then a tall strong-looking woman stepped
+forward upon the terrace, with her hand resting lightly on the
+shoulder of a sturdy black-haired boy nearly as tall as herself. The
+boy was dressed in kilts, with the Campbell plaid flung over his
+shoulder and a spray of evergreen pine nodding gayly from his
+Glengarry bonnet.
+
+"Michty me! It's Alan!" exclaimed Jock, so stunned by surprise
+that his knees nearly gave way under him, while Jean, her eyes
+shining like stars, clutched her father's hand, too stunned to
+realize at first that Alan and the new Laird of Glen Cairn were
+one and the same person. In fact, nobody realized it at once, for
+many of the tenants had come to know and like Alan during the
+summer, simply as "the boy who was staying with Eppie McLean."
+
+They were still gazing at the castle door and wondering why the
+"puny wee laddie, who was not long for this world" did not
+appear, when the gracious lady, who still stood with her hand
+resting proudly on Alan's shoulder, began to speak.
+
+"Many of you already know the new Laird of Glen Cairn as Alan
+McCrae," she said, smiling kindly down into their blank upturned
+faces. "He has been among you all summer and has learned to love
+our Highland country without dreaming that he himself would one
+day inherit this beautiful estate. He is next of kin to the Auld
+Laird, though not a near relative, and had no idea that I had any
+purpose beyond the improvement of his health in sending him here
+for the summer. I knew that which he did not, that he was likely
+soon to be called to take the Auld Laird's place here, and I
+wanted him to know you first, not as tenants, but as friends
+merely. He has come to love this region for its own sake, and
+comes among you like a true Scotchman, meaning to make this his
+home and the interests of this community his own interests. He is
+not yet of age, as you see, but his purposes and plans are
+clearly formed, and I will leave him to explain them to you
+himself."
+
+She stopped speaking, and the people, overwhelmed with surprise
+and joy, burst into a hearty and prolonged cheer, as Alan stepped
+forward to make his speech. He was only a boy, and a very much
+embarrassed one at that, but he knew what he wanted to say and he
+got to the point at once.
+
+"I just want you to know," he said, "that nobody's going to be
+turned out if he doesn't want to be. I know all about the lease,
+and that it's going to run out this fall, but any one who wants
+to stay on the land and improve it is going to have the chance to
+do it. My mother knows a lot about such things, and we're going
+to collect the rents ourselves, and we think, maybe, when I'm of
+age, there'll be some way by which people who really want to use
+the land may own it instead of being obliged to rent. Mother says
+they are beginning to do it in Ireland, and in England too in
+some places.
+
+"I've found out that people are more important than rabbits and
+deer, and they are going to have first chance at the land of Glen
+Cairn as long as I'm Laird." This was greeted with such a roar of
+cheers that for a moment it was quite impossible for Alan to
+proceed. He smiled bashfully at his mother and then held up his
+hand for silence.
+
+"I just want to say, too," he went on, biting his lips to keep
+from laughing, "that after this there won't be any gamekeeper on
+Glen Cairn. If the rabbits spoil your crops you're welcome to
+catch them if you can! I've ranged these woods myself all summer,
+and I have found out that gamekeepers are no safeguard against
+poachers." A gasp of astonishment greeted this statement, and
+Angus Niel was observed to turn ashy pale.
+
+"In fact, I know that sometimes gamekeepers turn poachers
+themselves and make money selling what they have killed," he went
+on. Here Angus Niel, looking suddenly deflated, like a burst
+balloon, began quietly to slink out of sight, and Alan, brimful
+of mischief, raised his voice so it would be sure to reach him
+and said, "I've seen it done myself, and if Angus Niel wants to
+know any more about that gang of twenty blood-thirsty villains
+which has scared the life out of him all summer, he can come to
+me and I'll tell him. I'm the Chief of that gang, and there are
+three others just like me, and that's all!" He winked rapturously
+at the three other members of the Clan, who were gazing up at him
+in a stupor of astonishment, and fired his last shot at the
+fleeing Angus, while the audience, catching his meaning, burst
+into howls of derisive laughter.
+
+"Don't hurry, Angus," he called. "I want to tell you about your
+boat and about the water witch that haunted you. I'm the water
+witch too!" But Angus was already out of hearing and scuttling as
+fast as his trembling legs could carry him to get out of sight,
+as well. When the roars of laughter had subsided, Alan said, with
+a boyish grin, "It's too bad he couldn't stay to supper. And now
+come up, everybody, and meet my mother."
+
+It was then that the Shepherd of Glen Easig astonished himself and
+every one else by shouting at the top of his lungs, "Three cheers for
+the young Laird!" and when they had been given with such energy that
+the hills rang with the echoes, he called for three more for her
+ladyship, and Alan waved his cap in acknowledgment for them both.
+
+Then the people, surprised out of their usual Scotch reserve by
+laughter and by the joy of good news, came swarming up the steps
+and were introduced to Alan's mother by Alan himself when he knew
+them, and by the minister when he did not.
+
+The Shepherd, with the bashful Clan in his wake, came last of
+all, and the Twins heard him say to her ladyship, "God bless the
+laddie! It was a rare day for the Glen when he fell into the burn
+and came to dry himself by our fireside."
+
+"It was a rare day for me, too, Cousin Campbell," said Alan, and
+then; catching sight of Sandy and the Twins hanging back behind
+their father, what did he do but pucker up his lips and whistle
+the pewit call? The Clan was too overcome then even to attempt a
+pucker, and Alan, springing forward, tried to grasp three hands
+at once and introduced them to his mother as his Rob Roy Clan.
+
+The Twins and Sandy were not a bit like the bold buccaneers of
+the cave when the great lady of Glen Cairn smiled on them kindly.
+
+"I told you I'd wear the sprig of evergreen pine and whistle the call
+of the Clan the next time you saw me," cried Alan, as they fell in
+behind the others, who were now entering the banquet-hall. "Why didn't
+you answer?"
+
+"Oh, but," said Jean, a little sadly and blushing like a poppy,
+"we never thought you'd be coming back so grand like. You'll
+never be playing with the Clan any more in Glen Easig, surely,
+now that you 're a great Laird!"
+
+"And why not, I'd like to know?" cried the great Laird, looking
+hurt. "I'm still Alan McRae, Chief of the Clan, the same as
+before, and as true to my friends as Rob Roy himself was before
+me. We'll have many a good day in the woods yet before snow
+flies; and listen, I've a plan in my head!"
+
+"There speaks the Chief," cried Jock, forgetting to be afraid of
+him. "He was ever having plans in his head. Out with it, man."
+
+"It's this," said Alan, "I'm going to have a tutor here at the
+castle, and you're all to have your lessons here with me, and no
+end of larks!" Here Sandy, who had so far merely gazed at his
+Chief with speechless devotion, suddenly burst into words.
+
+"Aye, Chief," he cried, "that was a true word you spoke about no
+gamekeeper being needed in Glen Cairn. I'm none so keen for the
+learning, but if there should be poachers hanging about, they'll
+have Sandy Crumpet to deal with; let them take warning of that!"
+
+Alan laughed and clapped Sandy on the back. "I'd rather have you
+than forty Angus Niels," he said, and then they were swept along,
+without a chance for further words, into the great hall, where
+they found long tables spread and Eppie McLean with a dozen
+helpers bringing in such stores of food that all Sandy had said
+about the preparations at the castle was justified at a glance.
+
+Most of the people had already found places at the tables when
+the young Laird and his mother, followed by the minister and his
+wife and the castle guests, cams into the hall. The Twins and
+Sandy hung back behind all the other guests, but Alan found
+places for them opposite his own, and then he handed his mother
+to the seat of honor at the head of the table. The minister and
+the guests from the city ranged themselves on either side, and
+every one stood with bowed head while the minister asked a
+blessing upon the food, upon the new Laird and his mother, and
+upon all the people of Glen Cairn.
+
+There was a great scraping of chairs, and then every one sat down
+and fell upon the good things like an army of locusts upon a
+harvest field. The great hall, so long silent, echoed with happy
+voices and the clatter, of knives and forks, and Jean, looking
+across the table at the new Laird, in all his glory, wondered if
+it could be possible that it was the very Alan whom she had
+shaken when Angus shot the stag, or who had helped her set the
+table in the kitchen of the little gray house, while his wet
+clothes were drying by the cottage fire. She ate her supper like
+one in a dream, and though she kept a watchful eye on Jock's
+table manners and warned Sandy's elbows off the table several
+times in her own efficient way, she could scarcely believe such
+wonderful things were really happening to her.
+
+At last the wonderful day drew to a close, and the people of Glen
+Cairn, happier than they had been in a long time, said good-bye to
+the gracious lady of the castle and to the already beloved young
+Laird, and started home in the deepening twilight of the autumn
+evening.
+
+The Clan, lingering behind their parents, looked back at the
+group on the castle terrace before the trees hid them from sight,
+and Jock sent the pewit call shrilling through the dusk. It was
+answered instantly from the terrace.
+
+"He is just like Prince Charlie, I'm thinking," said Sandy, and
+Jock, to ease his feelings, whistled "Charlie is my darling" all
+the way to the gate of the park.
+
+The evening star was shining brightly over the dark outline of
+old Ben Vane as the Campbells reached the little gray house on
+the brae, now safely their home forever, and Tam came bounding
+down the path to meet them. Jean kissed her hand to the star and
+murmured to herself,
+
+ "Star light, star bright,
+ I have the wish I wished to-night."
+
+
+
+
+GLOSSARY
+
+
+Auld, old.
+
+Aye (pronounced i), yes.
+
+Aye (pronounced a), ever, always.
+
+
+Bailie, an officer of the law.
+
+Bairn, a child.
+
+Ben. See But and ben.
+
+Besom, a broom.
+
+Bide, stay.
+
+Bittock, a little bit.
+
+Blatherskite, a babbling person, a good-for-nothing.
+
+Blethering, talking nonsense.
+
+Bonny, pretty, beautiful, charming.
+
+Bracken, brake, a species of tall fern.
+
+Brae (pronounced bray), a hillside.
+
+Braw, fine, handsome.
+
+Burn, a brook.
+
+But and ben, outside and in.
+
+But the house means out of the house. But is also applied to the
+kitchen; going but is going from the best room to the kitchen,
+and going ben is going into the best room.
+
+Byre, a cow-shed.
+
+
+Canny, shrewd.
+
+Chap, a knock.
+
+
+Daft, silly, foolish.
+
+Dandering, wandering.
+
+Dawtie, darling, pet.
+
+Dinna, do not.
+
+Dod, an exclamation.
+
+Doubt, suspect.
+
+Dyke, a low fence or wall of turf or stone.
+
+
+Fash, disturb.
+
+Fine, finely, well.
+
+
+Gey, very.
+
+Gin (g as in give), if.
+
+Girdle, a griddle.
+
+Glengarry bonnet, a small cap without visor.
+
+Greet, weep.
+
+Guddling, catching fish with the hands.
+
+
+Havers (a as in hay), nonsense (an exclamation).
+
+
+Isna, is not.
+
+
+Keek, a peep.
+
+Ken, know.
+
+Kilmarnock bonnet, a tam-o'-shanter.
+
+Kirk, church.
+
+Biro, a churn.
+
+Kist, a chest.
+
+
+Laird, a lord, a landed proprietor.
+
+Laverock, the lark.
+
+Limmer, a mischievous person.
+
+Losh, an exclamation.
+
+Loup, to leap.
+
+Lug, ear.
+
+
+Mealy pudding, a Scotch dish made of oatmeal and suet, in form
+something like a sausage.
+
+Michty (pronounced michty, with the gutteral ch as in the German
+word ich), mighty, large, powerful.
+
+Michty me, an exclamation.
+
+
+Na, no, not.
+
+
+Pawky, sly.
+
+Pewit, the lapwing, a species of plover.
+
+Plaidie (pronounced pladie), diminutive of plaid. Each clan had
+its own especial pattern which was worn by all members.
+
+
+Redding up, putting in order.
+
+
+Sal, an exclamation.
+
+Scone, a flat cake, unsweetened, baked on a griddle.
+
+Skirl, a shrill sound, especially that characteristic of the
+bagpipes.
+
+Slippit awa', slipped away, died.
+
+Sousie (both s's as in so), agreeable, attractive, comely,
+pleasant.
+
+Spier (pronounced spear), ask.
+
+Sync, afterward, since.
+
+
+Tarn, a small mountain lake.
+
+Tatties, potatoes.
+
+Tid, a pet name for a child.
+
+Tirley-wirley, a disturbance.
+
+
+Wasna, was not.
+
+Wee bit hoosie, little house.
+
+Whaup, the curlew, a large bird of the Sandpiper Family.
+
+Wifie, an endearing term for a woman.
+
+
+
+
+SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+
+This story can be read without much preparation by any fifth or
+sixth grade pupils. In the fifth grade it may be well to have the
+children read the story first in a study period in order to work
+out the pronunciation of the more difficult words and to get
+sufficient command of the Scotch dialect, which, however, is not
+used to so great an extent that it will be difficult for American
+children to understand. The teacher should explain the use of the
+glossary in this connection. In the sixth grade the children will
+usually be able to read the story at sight except so far as
+reference to the glossary is necessary to the understanding of
+Scottish words and phrases.
+
+As in all the Twins readers, the possibilities in this story for
+dramatization will be immediately apparent. The numerous outdoor
+adventures, the discovery of the cave, and the fishing will
+probably be the scenes that will make the most immediate appeal
+to boys who are beginning to show the Boy Scout spirit; and other
+phases of outdoor life, no less than the touches of housework,
+will appeal to members of the Girl Scout and the Girls' Camp Fire
+organization. The illustrations in the book show hints for simple
+costuming which may be followed when desired.
+
+Mrs. Perkins's illustrations can be used in other ways also.
+Children will enjoy sketching many of them, since their simple
+style makes them especially available in this way. An excellent
+oral exercise would be for the children after they have read the
+story to take turns in telling it from the illustrations; and a
+good composition exercise would be for each pupil to select the
+illustration that he would like to write upon, to make a copy of
+it, and then to tell its story in his own way.
+
+During the reading, the teacher should tell the children
+something about Scotland, geographically and historically. A file
+of the National Geographic Magazine, which is accessible in most
+public libraries, will be found to contain many illustrated
+articles which will be invaluable in this connection. Teachers
+should refer also to Tomlinson's "Young Americans in the British
+Isles," Kate Douglas Wiggin's "Penelope's Progress," the volumes
+devoted to Scotland in Longfellow's series, "Poems of Places,"
+and to Bradley's "The Gateway of Scotland." Other references are
+Hunnewell's "Lands of Scott" and Olcott's "The Country of Sir
+Walter Scott." (Consult the indexes for references to Rob Roy,
+The Lady of the Lake, etc. Also of course Scott's novels and
+poems and Burns's poems contain much material that can be drawn
+upon.) Particularly to be recommended are the selections
+published in the Riverside Literature Series and in Webster and
+Coe's "Tales and Verse from Sir Walter Scott."
+
+Just at the present time when the tercentenary of the landing at
+Plymouth occupies all our attention, it is particularly timely to
+recall the potent influences of the Scottish people upon the
+Puritans in old England and the Pilgrims who founded New England.
+Scott's "Tales of a Grandfather" and Dickens's "Child's History
+of England," also Tappan's "England's Story" will give an account
+of how the Scotch rose in revolt against kings and prelates, and
+how they were the first nation in Europe to establish in their
+country the underlying principles of democracy. The Scottish
+systems of land tenure--which may be said to be the theme of The
+Scotch Twins--are discussed in Beaton's "Highlands of Scotland."
+Of particular bearing is his comment upon conditions resulting
+from the withdrawal of soil for purposes of sport, the poaching
+that followed, etc.
+
+The spirit of Scottish history is epitomized in Burns's poem, "A
+Man's a Man for a' That," and the ingenious teacher will need no
+further prompting as to the ways in which this poem and the
+movement for which it stands are related to the history of our
+own country. A further debt to Scotland lies in the character of
+the Scotch immigrants to the United States and their descendants;
+Griffis's "Bonnie Scotland and What We Owe Her" will show how to
+apply this suggestion and others which will come to mind from
+these paragraphs.
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg Etext of The Scotch Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins
+
diff --git a/old/sctwn11.zip b/old/sctwn11.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8a2903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/sctwn11.zip
Binary files differ